Product Guide

International

I II Storatherm Aqua AF 300/1

A A
B
C
D
E
F
G

41 w

303 L
2015 812/2013
 From the initial idea
to the solution

2
 Contents

Reflex - Diaphragm and Bladder Expansion Vessels

The Company
For heating, chilled water and solar applications
Reflex N and NG 11
Reflex C 12
Reflex F 12
Reflex S 13
Reflex S/V 13
Smooth operation in supply Reflex G 14
Reflex V 14
engineering thanks to system
solutions For potable water applications
Refix C-DE 19
Refix DC 19
Refix DE 20
Reflex Winkelmann GmbH belongs to the Refix HW 24
Heating&Water division of the Winkelmann Refix DD 25
Group with 4,200 employees worldwide. The Refix DT 26
company is a leading brand manufacturer and Reflex & Refix Applications 30
solution provider for the smooth operation of
Pressurisation Systems
water-carrying systems in supply engineering Reflexomat Compressor Controlled Systems 31
and modern building services. In addition to Variomat Pump Controlled Systems 43
expansion vessels, we develop, manufacture Variomat Giga Pump Controlled Systems 53
and distribute innovative components and
complete solutions for pressure-maintaining, Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment
Fillset 64
water make-up, degassing, water treatment Fillcontrol 65
and storage as well as heat exchangers. Fillcontrol Auto 66
Fillsoft 70
Extensive Product Range
Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology
Servitec 73
Reflex represents a large range of products Exvoid 83
and services, offering innovative systems for Exdirt 89
heating, cooling and hot-water supply and a Extwin 94
multitude of other services. Reflex EB / LA / T 99
Accessories 100
The Reflex product range comprises: Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers
• Expansion Vessels Storatherm Aqua AB / AC / AF / 1 104
• Pressurisation Systems Storatherm Aqua Solar AB / AF / 2 106
• Water Make-Up Systems & Water Storatherm Aqua Heat Pump AH / 1 - 2 108
Treatment Storatherm Aqua Compact AC 109
Storatherm Aqua Load AL / R 110
• Degassing Systems & Separation Accessories Storatherm Aqua 112
Technology Storatherm Heat H / HF 116
• Hot Water Storage Tanks & Storatherm Heat H / HF..R 116
Heat Exchangers Storatherm Heat H / HF/..1 117
Storatherm Heat H / HF/..2 118
Storatherm Heat Combi HC /..1/..2 118
For constant reliable heat Accessories Storatherm Heat 119
and water supply. Longtherm Heat Exchangers 121
Accessories Longtherm 126

www.reflex.de Services
Reflex Programs 124
Contact 130

3
 Reflex City

Servitec

Variomat

HydroFixx

Reflexomat

Exdirt

Variomat Giga

Servitec Sonderanlage

100.000 kW

4
 Reflexomat Compact

Extwin
Reflex/Refix

Small manifold

Exvoid

Storatherm

Servitec Mini

1 kW

Products and systems by Reflex and Sinusverteiler are installed

in central heating/cooling station as well as solar and water supply
Smartphone facilities in buildings of any size and type. From single-family
dwellings to large apartment and commercial buildings, hospitals,
Website schools and arenas, airports, district heating facilities and large
industrial complexes—you will find the perfect and optimally
coordinated solutions from the Heating&Water division of the
Winkelmann Group. System solutions for pressure maintaining,
degassing, water treatment, heating and storage as well as
distribution engineering and low-loss headers comprise the entire
product spectrum. The highly-efficient synergies of Reflex and
Sinusverteiler are particularly important to us. We can support you
in finding the perfect solution from the first planning stage
onward.

5
New Products
Control Remote
Reflex Control Remote sets a new standard in system control. Pressurisation sys-
tems, water make-up systems and degassing modules “Made in Ahlen” can be
now operated with a single and innovative control concept. Convenience for the
operator—now even better: Whether Basic or Touch controller, the authorised user
can now remotely access Reflex Control—from anywhere, by using the Internet.
Reflex Control Remote thus supports trained operators, experienced specialists
and, naturally, the Reflex Customer Service.

Fillsoft Zero
Deionisation of the heat-carrying medium water is an important requirement for smaller heating systems
offered by heat generator suppliers proving heat transfer system made from aluminium-based materials.

Reflex expands the product palette for water treatment on the basis of the Reflex Fillsoft softening fixture
which has taken a prominent position in the marketplace. Fillsoft Zero offers now the option to de-mineralise
filling and make-up water. As in Fillsoft, a special ion resin in a replaceable cartridge is used for this function.

Fillsoft and Fillsoft Zero feature an identical and compact design and the cartridges differ only in their col-
ouring (softening = green, deionisation = grey). The cartridges can be exchanged to switch between the two
applications. No replacement of the fitting required when converting between the application.

Fillguard Mini
Fillguard Mini is a conductivity sensor for the capacity monitoring of “Fillsoft Zero”
deionisation. It is installed directly in the Fillsoft filter head and indicates the ex-
haustion of the ion exchanger, these enschures only demineralised water enters
the heating system

Efficient Synergy
The newest addition to the Heating&Water division of the Winkelmann Group is
Sinusverteiler based in Wettringen, North Rhine-Westphalia. Sophisticated so-
lutions in the area of hydraulic distribution and compact system solutions and
trendsetting system components in particular will revolutionise your options in
building service engineering (heating/cooling systems). The products offered by
Sinusverteiler perfectly complement the Reflex components and solutions and are
found in central heating station for quite some time. Sinus is synonymous for
heating distribution, low-loss leaders, individual buffer tanks, cascades and insula- brand
of

tion caps. Visit our website for more information about the Sinusverteiler
products and services: www.sinusverteiler.de

6
 New Products
Reflex SlimLine Expansion Vessels
• Compact, space saving and slim construction
• Available sizes: 180, 220, 280 and 320 liters
ØD
• Perfect for limited spaces
• Durable, hard-wearing half membrane
• Long-lasting epoxy resin coating
• Non-replaceable membrane to DIN EN 13831
• Approval according to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
• Antifreeze addition of at least 25 – 50 %
H

180-320 litres

Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

Type PU A
Grey Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
6 bar SlimLine N 180 8200200 20 1 36.00 480 1.151 210 G1 1.5
70°C SlimLine N 220 8200250 20 1 41.00 480 1.381 210 G1 1.5
SlimLine N 280 8200300 20 1 49.00 480 1.711 210 G1 1.5
SlimLine N 320 8200350 20 1 55.00 480 1.941 210 G1 1.5

ØD

Exdirt V
• Vertical, space-saving and straightforward installation—even in existing
systems
• Particle separation for improved heating and cooling performance
• Suitable for cleaning without interrupting operation and therefore
L significantly less maintenance effort required than for conventional
strainers
• Signifi cant improvements to operational safety and system service life
H
• Optional: Exferro high-performance magnetic insert for optimal efficiency
when separating ferromagnetic dirt particles such as magnetite
• Approval according to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
• Antifreeze addition of at least 25 – 50 %

HB

Steel, 110°C 10 bar

• Flange collection
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
D 50 V F1 8259500 16 83 DN 50 / PN 16 12.5 230 206 400 370
D 65 V F1 8259510 18 83 DN 65 / PN 16 20.0 290 206 450 370
D 80 V F1 8259520 22 83 DN 80 / PN 16 27.0 310 206 500 370
D 100 V F1 8259530 24 83 DN 100 / PN 16 47.0 350 206 550 370

7
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water

Expansion Vessels

Reflex: Heating, chilled water and solar applications

3 bar 6 bar 10 bar

F N C N & NG G S G
Diaphragm Diaphragm Bladder Diaphragm Bladder Diaphragm Bladder

N8-35 NG 8-35 litres

C8-80
Diaphragm Non-replaceable
Butyl bladder

F8-24
Diaphragm

NG 50-140 litres

S 2-33 litres
Bladder

S 50-600 litres
Diaphragm
N 200-1000 litres

G 100-5000 litres G 100-5000/16 bar

G 100-5000/10 bar
optional: 25 bar
S/V 18-33 litres
Diaphragm

V Intermediate Tank
without membrane
V 500–5000 litres → 6 bar/120 °C
V 6–5000 litres → 10 bar/120 °C

Other temperatures and working pressures optionally available

8
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water

Expansion Vessels
Refix: Potable water and service water applications

heating systems according to DIN 1988

For potable water, pressurerising and water-
DD
Bladder
DD 2–33/10 bar
DD 8/25 bar

DT
Bladder

DT 60–3000/10 bar
DT 80–3000/16 bar

water systems, underfloor heating and geothermal installations.

Only for systems not required to meet DIN 1988, such as fire-fighting and service
C-DE
Bladder
C-DE 8–80/10 bar

DE
Bladder

DE 2–5000/10 bar
DE 8–5000/16 bar
DE 8–3000/25 bar

HW
Bladder
HW 25–100/10 bar

DC
Diaphragm

DC 25–600/10 bar

* The CE regulation is not the subject for ≤ 2 l vessels.

Water shock arrestor

WD
Diaphragm
0.165 litre/10 bar 1 litre/10 bar

9
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water
Expansion Vessels

Working Principle

Pa Pfin
Pfin ≤ Psv - 0,5 bar (for Psv ≤ 5 bar)
Po
Psv Pfin ≤ Psv x 0,9 bar (for Psv > 5 bar)
Pst

Vws Vws + Ve

Pressurisation systems - tasks

Pressurisation systems have a central relevance in heating and cooling circuits and must essentially fulfil three fundamental tasks:

1. Maintaining the pressure within permissible limits at every point of the system, that is, the permissible working pressure must not be exceeded as well
as maintaining a minimum pressure to prevent vacuum, cavitation and evaporation of the system liquid, e.g. in circuits with superheated water, solar
systems
2. To prevent a negative pressure at the highest points of the installation in order to avoid the intrusion of air into the piping network
3. Compensation of volume fluctuations of the heating or cooling water due to temperature fluctuations.
4. Providing a water seal to prevent system-related water losses.

Careful calculation, commissioning and maintenance are the prerequisite for the correct functioning of the overall system.

Ve = Vs x n
Vws = 0,005 x Vs
Vn = Nominal volume, litres Pst = Static height
Pfin - P0
DF = Ve = Expanded volume, litres P0 = Pre-charge pressure
Pfin + 1
Vws = Water reserve, litres Pa = Initial pressure
Ve + Vws
Vn ≥ Vs = Total water content, litres Pfin = Final system pressure
DF
n = Expansion coefficient (Eg.: for 90°C, e = 0,0355) Psv = Safety valve opening pressure
Pfin = Psv - 0,5 bar (Psv < 5 bar)
DF = Acceptance factor
Pfin = Psv - 0,1 x Psv bar (Psv > 5 bar)

10
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water

Expansion Vessels
Reflex N & NG
• For heating and chilled water applications ØD
• Threaded connections ØD

• Non-replaceable diaphragm, according to DIN EN 13831 ØD

norm part 3, max. operating temperature 70°C
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels
2014/108/EC directives
• Durable epoxy coating with attractive new colour
H
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen) H
H

h
h
Option
Wall-hung bracket 8-25 litres 35-250 litres 300-1000 litres
Article No: 7611000

Type Article No Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

PU A
3 bar / 120°C Grey White Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
N8 8202500 7202800 12 96 1.70 206 305 - R 3/4 1.5

3 bar N 12 8203300 7203500 12 60 2.20 272 313 - R 3/4 1.5

N 18 8204300 7204400 12 60 2.90 308 361 - R 3/4 1.5
N 25 8206300 7206400 12 48 3.58 308 481 - R 3/4 1.5
N 35 8208400 7208500 12 24 5.02 376 465 130 R 3/4 1.5

Type Article No Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

PU A
6 bar / 120°C Grey White Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
NG 8 8230100 7230107 10 96 1.6 206 305 - R 3/4 1.5

6 bar NG 12 8240100 7240107 10 72 2.4 280 275 - R 3/4 1.5

NG 18 8250100 7250107 10 56 3.4 280 380 - R 3/4 1.5
NG 25 8260100 7260107 10 42 4.2 280 490 - R 3/4 1.5
NG 35 8270100 7270107 10 24 4.8 354 460 130 R 3/4 1.5
NG 50 8001011 7001100 11 24 5.7 409 469 158 R 3/4 1.5
NG 80 8001211 7001300 11 12 8.7 480 565 166 R1 1.5
NG 100 8001411 7001500 11 10 11.4 480 670 166 R1 1.5
NG 140 8001611 7001700 11 8 13.1 480 912 175 R1 1.5
N 200 8213300 - 18 4 22.0 634 758 205 R1 1.5
N 250 8214300 - 18 4 24.7 634 888 205 R1 1.5
N 300 8215300 - 18 - 27.0 634 1092 235 R1 1.5
N 400 8218000 - 18 - 47.0 740 1102 245 R1 1.5
N 500 8218300 - 18 - 52.0 740 1312 245 R1 1.5
N 600 8218400 - 18 - 66.0 740 1531 245 R1 1.5
N 800 8218500 - 18 - 96.0 740 1996 245 R1 1.5
N 1000 8218600 - 18 - 118.0 740 2406 245 R1 1.5

Manometer Air-vent
5 bar
Safety Valve - Rp 1/2”
Rp 3/8 SV
Rp 1/2
Rp 3/8
Article No: 9125465 Reflex Lockshield Cap Valve
• Shut-off device for inspection and removal of expansion vessels
• Including drain valve
• According to DIN EN 12828
• PN 10 / 120°C
Expansion Vessel Article No Material Group
Rp 3/4
R 3/4 x 3/4 7613000 84
10 bar
Manometer - Rp 1/4” Exvoid-T Airvent R1x1 7613100 84
Article No: 9117007 Article No: 9250038

Holder with
Reflex Wall hung holder for vessels 8 - 25 litres
multiple connections
• Holder with multiple connections
Article No Material Group
8 - 25 l 7612000 75

Lockshield cap valve

11
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water
Expansion Vessels

Reflex C
• For heating and chilled water applications ØD d
• Suitable for anti-frost mixture up to 50%
• Provided with suspension bracket for easy installation
• Non-replaceable butyl bladder according to DIN EN 13831 norm part 3,
max. operating temperature 70°C
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/108/EC directives H
• Durable epoxy coating with attractive new colour
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)

A
w

Option
R 3/4 x 3/4
Article No: 7613000

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H d W Pre-charge

PU A
3 bar / 120°C Grey Group kg mm mm mm mm pressure bar
C8 8280000 17 96 2.8 280 287 163 52 G 1/2 1.0

3 bar C 12 8280100 17 60 3.2 354 362 168 64 G 1/2 1.0

C 18 8280200 17 42 4.7 354 362 222 76 G 3/4 1.0
C 25 8280300 17 42 5.5 409 419 239 93 G 3/4 1.0
C 35 8280400 17 24 7.3 480 457 240 97 G 3/4 1.0
C 50 8280500 17 20 8.1 480 457 318 125 G 3/4 1.5
C 80 8280600 17 8 14.5 634 612 325 135 G 3/4 1.5

Reflex F
• Flat vessel for heating (built-in boiler applications) ØD W ØD W
• Non-replaceable diaphragm according to DIN EN 13831
norm part 3, max. operating temperature 70°C
• From 18 litres with suspension brackets
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels
2014/108/EC directives H H
• Durable epoxy coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)

A A

8 litres 12-24 litres

Type Material Weight H D W Pre-charge

Article No PU A
3 bar / 120°C Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
F8 9600011 15 54 6.3 389 389 88 G 3/8 0.75

3 bar F 12 9600030 15 36 7.7 444 350 108 G 1/2 1.0

F 15 9600040 15 36 8.2 444 350 134 G 3/4 1.0
F 18 9600000 15 28 8.7 444 350 158 G 3/4 1.0
F 24 9600010 15 25 9.4 444 350 180 G 3/4 1.0

12
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water

Expansion Vessels
Reflex S
• For solar, heating and chilled water applications ØD
• Suitable for anti-frost mixture up to 50%
• Non-replaceable bladder up to 33 litres, Non-replaceable ØD
diaphragm 50-600 litres, according to DIN EN 13831 norm part 3,
• Threaded connections ØD
• Max. operating temperature 70°C
• 33 litres with suspension brackets, from 50 litres with feet
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels H
2014/108/EC directives H
• Durable epoxy coating with attractive new colour H
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)

h h

A
2-33 litres 50-250 litres 300-600 litres

Type Article No Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

PU A
10 bar / 120°C Grey White Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
S2 8707700 - 14 280 1.0 132 260 - G 3/4 0.5

10 bar S8 8703900 9702600 14 96 2.5 206 335 - G 3/4 1.5

S 12 8704000 9702700 14 72 2.5 280 300 - G 3/4 1.5
S 18 8704100 9702800 14 56 3.2 280 410 - G 3/4 1.5
S 25 8704200 9702900 14 42 4.5 354 520 - G 3/4 1.5
S 33 8706200 9706300 14 24 6.3 409 455 - G 3/4 1.5
S 50 8209500 - 19 20 9.5 480 469 158 R 3/4 3.0
S 80 8210300 - 19 12 14.6 480 565 166 R1 3.0
S 100 8210500 - 19 10 15.5 480 670 166 R1 3.0
S 140 8211500 - 19 6 17.4 634 941 210 R1 3.0
S 200 8213400 - 19 - 35.6 634 758 205 R1 3.0
S 250 8214400 - 19 - 40.8 634 888 205 R1 3.0
S 300 8215400 - 19 - 47.0 740 1092 235 R1 3.0
S 400 8219000 - 19 - 61.0 740 1102 245 R1 3.0
S 500 8219100 - 19 - 72.0 740 1321 245 R1 3.0
S 600 8219200 - 19 - 87.0 740 1559 245 R1 3.0
* The CE regulation is not the subject for ≤ 2 l vessels.

Reflex S/V
• Combination tank integrating a solar expansion vessel Option
with an intermediate vessel in one single vessel for solar Digital Pressure Gauge
Article No: 9119198
heating and chilled water applications
• Suitable for anti-frost mixture up to 50%
• Noticeable reduction of space and installation costs
• Non-replaceable diaphragm according to DIN EN 13831 norm part 3
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/108/EC directives
• Up to 25/8 with Wall-hung lug, 33 litres with suspension brackets
• Max. operating pressure : 10 bar Diaphragm
• Operating temperature range
-10 bar / +70°C (diaphragm) ≤ 70°C
-10 bar / +120°C (tank)
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen) > 70°C

Option 18-33 litres

R 3/4 x 3/4
Article No: 7613000

Type Article No Article No Material Volume Solar/intermediate Weight ØD H Pre-charge

A
10 bar / 120°C Grey White Group litres kg mm mm pressure bar
S/V 18/6 9702410 8702410 14 18/6 4.2 280 462 G 3/4 2.5

10 bar S/V 25/8 9702510 8702510 14 25/8 5 280 609 R 3/4 2.5
S/V 33/12 9706910 8706910 14 33/12 7 354 594 R 3/4 2.5

13
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water
Expansion Vessels

Reflex G
• For heating and chilled water applications ØD
• Replaceable bladder, according to DIN EN 13831 norm part 3,
max. operating temperature 70°C ØD
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/108/EC directives
• Inspection opening (Above 1000 litres Ø 1000 mm)
• Factory-mounted pressure gauge ØD
• Threaded connections up to 1000 litres
• Flanged connections above 1000 litres
• 3000 to 10000 litres with upper flange H
• Durable epoxy coating with attractive new colour
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen) H

A h
Option
AG Connection
100-500 litres 600-1000 litres 1000-10000 litres
Ø 740 Ø 1000

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

A
6 bar / 120°C Grey Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
G 100 8519000 21 17.0 480 870 153 G1 3.5
G 200 8519100 21 37.0 634 972 144 G 1 1/4 3.5
6 bar
G 300 8519200 21 42.0 634 1272 144 G 1 1/4 3.5
G 400 8521605 21 43.0 740 1253 146 G1 3.5
G 500 8521705 21 51.0 740 1473 146 G1 3.5
G 600 8522605 21 66.0 740 1718 146 G1 3.5
G 800 8523610 21 94.0 740 2183 146 G1 3.5
G 1000 Ø 740 8546605 21 150.0 740 2593 146 G1 3.5
G 1000 Ø 1000 8524605 22 228.0 1000 1973 307 DN 65/PN 6 3.5
G 1500 8526605 22 280.0 1200 1971 305 DN 65/PN 6 3.5
G 2000 8527605 22 250.0 1200 2431 305 DN 65/PN 6 3.5
G 3000 8544605 22 620.0 1500 2480 334 DN 65/PN 6 3.5
G 4000 8529605 22 770.0 1500 3053 334 DN 65/PN 6 3.5
G 5000 8530605 22 849.0 1500 3588 344 DN 65/PN 6 3.5
G 8000 Per Request 22 979.0 1500 5404 236 DN 100/PN16 3.5
G 10000 Per Request 22 1166.0 1500 6560 236 DN 100/PN16 3.5

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

A
10 bar / 120°C Grey Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
G 100 8518000 21 14.9 480 870 153 G1 3.5
G 200 8518100 21 33.4 634 972 144 G 1 1/4 3.5
10 bar
G 300 8518200 21 34.6 634 1273 144 G 1 1/4 3.5
G 400 8521005 21 51.0 740 1245 133 G 1 1/4 3.5
G 500 8521006 21 57.1 740 1475 133 G 1 1/4 3.5
G 600 8522006 21 118.0 740 1859 263 G 1 1/2 3.5
G 800 8523005 21 166.0 740 2324 263 G 1 1/2 3.5
G 1000 Ø 740 8546005 21 174.0 740 2805 263 G 1 1/2 3.5
G 1000 Ø 1000 8524005 22 335.0 1000 2001 286 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 1500 8526005 22 390.0 1200 1991 291 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 2000 8527005 22 485.0 1200 2451 291 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 3000 8544005 22 830.0 1500 2532 320 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 4000 8529005 22 1064.0 1500 3107 320 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 5000 8530005 22 1274.0 1500 3642 320 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 8000 8545000 22 1470.0 1500 5404 236 DN 100/PN 16 3.5
G 10000 8533000 22 1750.0 1500 6560 236 DN 100/PN 16 3.5

14
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water

Expansion Vessels
Reflex G
ØD
MBM ll Bladder Rupture Detector
Bladder • For the signalling of bladder rupture in Reflex G
Control • Consists of an electrode and relay
(factory-mounted)
• Operates 230 V / 50 Hz supply
• Three terminal dry contact
• Recommended: 1 device for each vessel
H
Article No : 7857700 Material Group : 86

1000-10000 litres Relay Electrode

Wall mounted (on site) Factory mounted
Ø 1000

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

A
16 bar / 120°C Grey Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
G 100 8518400 21 25.0 480 946 234 DN25/PN 16 3.5
G 200 8518500 21 57.0 634 1.060 221 DN25/PN 16 3.5
16 bar
G 300 8518600 21 66.0 634 1.364 221 DN25/PN 16 3.5
G 400 8510206 21 118.0 740 1.405 201 DN 40/PN 16 3.5
G 500 8518700 21 130.0 740 1.655 201 ON 40/PN 16 3.5
G 600 8522007 21 158.0 740 1.859 201 DN 40/PN 16 3.5
G 800 8523906 21 221.0 740 2.324 201 DN 40/PN 16 3.5
G 1000 8546906 21 260.0 740 2.805 201 DN 40/PN 16 3.5
G 1000 8524205 22 240.0 1.000 2.031 276 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 1500 8526305 22 650.0 1.200 2.021 281 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 2000 8527100 22 505.0 1.200 2.481 281 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 3000 8544705 22 805.0 1.500 2.550 310 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 4000 8529405 22 890.0 1.500 3.110 310 DN 65/PN 16 3.5
G 5000 8529705 22 1.020.0 1.500 3.645 310 DN 65/PN 16 3.5

Options
Vessel coupling connection
• Operation pressure : 25 bar Article Article No Suitable For Model
AG Connection

• Flanged connection : Lockshield valve R1 9119204 G 400 - G 1000 / Ø 740

For G 1000 - 5000 tanks: DN 150, DN 200
R 1 1/4 9119205 G 100 - G 500
For G 8000 - 10000 tanks: DN 300
R 1 1/2 9119206 G 600 - G 1000 / Ø 740

Drain valve Expansion line

15
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water
Expansion Vessels

Reflex V Intermediate Tank

• Necessary for installations subject to norm EN 13831
with return temperatures > 70°C or cooling systems at ≤ 0°C
• To avoid faster aging of diaphragm/bladder when subjected to higher temperatures
(heating) and to prevent condensation water from freezing (cooling)
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/108/EC directives
• Flanged water connections: 200 litres and above
• Durable epoxy coating with attractive new colour
ØD

ØD

ØD

ØD
ØD

ØD
H

H
H
H H
H

A
h
A

6-20 litres 40-60 litres 200-350 litres 500-750 litres 1000-2000 litres 3000-5000 litres

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h

PU A
6 bar / 120°C Grey Group kg mm mm mm
V 500 8852800 24 - 160.0 750 1632 210 DN 40/PN 6
V 750 8851800 24 - 205.0 750 2323 210 DN 40/PN 6
6 bar
V 1000 8851905 24 - 310.0 1000 2020 305 DN 65/PN 6
V 1500 8852305 24 - 445.0 1200 2020 305 DN 65/PN 6
V 2000 8852405 24 - 545.0 1200 2478 305 DN 65/PN 6
V 3000 8852505 24 - 775.0 1500 2556 340 DN 65/PN 6
V 4000 8853405 24 - 1060.0 1500 3131 340 DN 65/PN 6
V 5000 8854805 24 - 1095.0 1500 3666 340 DN 65/PN 6

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h

PU A
6 bar / 120°C Grey Group kg mm mm mm
V6 8403100 24 96 2.0 206 244 - R 3/4
V 12 8403200 24 72 3.0 280 287 - R 3/4
10 bar
V 20 8402000 24 42 4.0 280 360 - R 3/4
V 40 8403400 24 18 7.8 409 562 113 R1
V 60 8402600 24 12 23.0 409 732 172 R1
V 200 8701800 24 - 43.0 634 901 142 DN 40/PN 16
V300 8701900 24 - 48.0 634 1201 142 DN 40/PN 16
V 350 8702400 24 - 51.0 640 1341 210 DN 40/PN 16
V 1000 8400205 24 - 560.0 1000 2055 286 DN 65/PN 16
V 1500 8400305 24 - 780.0 1200 2045 284 DN 65/PN 16
V 2000 8400405 24 - 940.0 1200 2055 284 DN 65/PN 16
V 3000 8400505 24 - 1405.0 1500 2598 313 DN 65/PN 16
V 4000 8400605 24 - 1930.0 1500 3178 313 DN 65/PN 16
V 5000 8400705 24 - 2015.0 1500 3173 313 DN 65/PN 16

Options V Intermediate Tank

• Operation pressure >10 bar
• Nominal volume > 5000 litres
• Operation temperature > 120°C
• German TÜV factory test certification
• Individual approval carried out by the TÜV [Nofitied body]
in accordance with the 2014/108/EC directives

16
 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water

Expansion Vessels
V Intermediate Tank Applications
The V Intermediate tank protects the diaphragm / bladder of expansion vessels from impermissible temperature loads. According to DIN 4807 T3 and
EN 13831, the continuous temperature on the diaphragms must not exceed 70°C. In a cooling water systems, temperatures ≤ 0°C should be avoided.

In heating & solar systems In cooling circuits

As a rule, heating & solar systems are operated at return If temperature is 0°C, we recommend to an intermediate tank
temperatures of ≤ 70°C. The installation of intermediate will be installed before the cooling vessel. To size the intermediate
tank is not necessary. In the case of older systems and tank volume (Vn) , consult Reflex calculation program.
industrial plants, return temperatures > 70°C are sometimes
unavoidable.

t > 70°C t ≤ 0°C

t > 0°C

Vn Vn

t ≤ 70°C

V Intermediate Tank Calculation

• If the temperature is ≤ 0 ° C, before expansion vessel Reflex V essentials to set provisional capacity:

Vn = 0.005 x Vs Vn = Nominal tank volume, Litres Vs = Total volume of the system, Litres

% expansion
of the system
by volume

Meanwhile, at the point

RL connection tank

The total volume of the system Vs = 50 m³ = 50000 l

Max. system pressure = 10 bar
Flow Temperature = 105°C
Return Temperature = 80°C
Vcal = Vs x n

n = Expansion coefficient at an average temperature in the system (for example, 105/80°C, n = 0,038 cm. Reflex Pro software).
(If there is a possibility that the return temperature rises to a temperature in the supply line must be used the coefficient of expansion at max. temperature
to 105 ° C, n = 0,047!)

Vcal = Vs x n = 50,000 * 0,038 = 1,900 litres

When the temperature in the return line 80 ° C provisional volume capacity Reflex V is equal to 8% of the volume expansion system,
Vn = 1900 * 0.08 = 152 litres
(If there is a possibility that the return temperature rises to a temperature in the supply pipe, the amount of the provisional Reflex V capacitance equals
20.5% of the volume expansion system above for graph 105°C)

Select Reflex V 200/10 bar 17

 Expansion Vessels For Heating & Chilled Water
Expansion Vessels

Quick Selection Table For Diaphragm Expansion Vessels

For detailed calculations, refer to our brochure “Pressurisation Systems - Planning, Calculation, Equipment”
or visit www.reflex.de to use our Reflex Pro calculation software

Safety valve Psv bar 2.5 Vn 3.0 Vn 4.0 Vn 5.0 Vn

Pre-set pressure bar P0 1.0 1,5 litres 0.5 1.0 1,5 1,8 litres 1,5 2.0 2,5 3.0 litres 2.0 2,5 3.0 3,5 4.0 litres

Content litres Vs 30 - 8 85 50 19 - 8 55 30 5 - 8 55 37 16 - - 8
45 - 12 120 75 29 - 12 80 45 7 - 12 85 55 24 - - 12
85 - 18 200 130 60 17 18 140 85 28 - 18 140 100 55 8 - 18
150 33 25 320 220 120 55 25 230 150 70 - 25 230 170 110 43 - 25
240 80 35 470 340 200 110 33 330 240 130 25 33 360 270 180 95 5 33
380 110 50 700 510 320 200 50 540 380 230 70 50 550 420 300 170 43 50
500 170 80 1120 840 440 260 80 870 650 410 120 80 890 710 530 320 95 80
620 210 100 1400 1050 540 330 100 1090 820 430 150 100 1110 890 670 420 120 100
870 300 140 1960 1470 760 460 140 1530 1140 610 200 140 1560 1250 940 510 170 140
1240 420 200 2800 2100 1090 660 200 2180 1630 870 290 200 2230 1780 1340 720 240 200
1550 530 250 3500 2630 1360 820 250 2720 2040 1090 370 250 2790 2230 1670 900 300 250
1860 630 300 4200 3150 1630 990 300 3270 2450 1300 440 300 3340 2670 2010 1080 360 300
2480 850 400 5600 4200 2180 1320 400 4360 3270 1740 580 400 4460 3570 2670 1440 480 400
3100 1060 500 6920 5250 2720 1650 500 5450 4080 2170 730 500 5570 4460 3340 1800 600 500
3720 1270 600 8400 6300 3260 1980 600 6540 4900 2610 880 600 6680 5350 4010 2170 730 600
4970 1690 800 11200 8400 4350 2640 800 8710 6540 3480 1170 800 8910 7130 5350 2890 970 800
6210 2120 1000 13830 10500 5440 3300 1000 10890 8170 4350 1460 1000 11140 8910 6680 3610 1210 1000

Reflex recommendations:
Selection example From the table:
• Select sufficiently high safety valve actuation pressure:
PSV = 3 bar With PSV = 3 bar, P0 = 1.5 bar
PSV ≥ P0 + 1.5 bar
H = 13 m Vs = 1340 litres
• If possible, apply a 0.2 bar margin when calculating the gas
Q = 40 kW (plates 90/70°C) Vn = 250 litres (for Vs max. 1360)
H [m]
input pressure: P0 ≥ + 0.2 bar
VPH = 1000 I (V buffer storage tank) Selected: 10
1 x Reflex N 250/6 bar • Due to the required supply pressure for the circulating pumps
Calculate 1 x Lockshield cap valve select a pre-set pressure of at least 1 bar for roof-mounted
Vs = 40 kW x 8.5 I/kW + 1000 = 1340 I systems also: P0 ≥ 1 bar
• In a vented system in cold conditions, set the water-side filling
13 or initial pressure at least 0.3 bar higher than the pre-set
P0 ≥ ( 10
+ 0.2 bar ( = 1.5 bar
pressure: Pa ≥ P0 + 0.3 bar
Approximate water content:

Radiators Panel-type radiators Chiller

Vs = Q [kW] x 13.5 I/kW Vs = Q [kW] x 8.5 I/kW Vs = Q [kW] x 18 I/kW

Theoretical principles
Expansion vessels (MAG) with a gas charge are functional without auxiliary energy and, for this
reason, are classified as static pressurisation systems. A gas blanket in the vessel generates
the pressure.

Water level and pressure in the gas chamber are interconnected (p x V = constant).
Vn
For this reason, it is not possible to utilise the entire nominal volume Vn for holding water.

The nominal volume is larger than the required water holding volume
Vn = (Ve + Vws) Pf + 1
Pf - P0
This is one reason for the preference of dynamic pressure maintaining systems in larger
systems and tight pressure ratios (Pf - P0).

Calculating the nominal volume

Pf + 1
Vn = (Ve + Vws)
18 Pf - P0
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications

Expansion Vessels
Refix C - DE
• Non-replaceable butyl bladder, according to DIN EN 13831 norm part 3 ØD d
• Threaded stainless steel connection
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/108/EC directives
• Durable epoxy coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)
• Provided with suspension bracket for easy wall mounting
H

A
W

Option
R 3/4 x 3/4
Article No: 7613000

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H d W Pre-charge

PU A
10 bar / 70°C Blue Group kg mm mm mm mm pressure bar
C-DE 8 7270900 17 96 3.8 280 300 163 52 G 1/2 4.0
C-DE 12 7270910 17 60 5.2 354 375 168 64 G 1/2 4.0
10 bar
C-DE 18 7270920 17 42 5.6 354 375 222 76 G 3/4 4.0
C-DE 25 7270930 17 42 8.2 409 430 239 93 G 3/4 4.0
C-DE 35 7270940 17 24 13.0 480 500 240 97 G 3/4 4.0
C-DE 50 7270950 17 20 15.4 480 500 318 125 G 3/4 4.0
C-DE 80 7270960 17 8 22.4 634 654 325 135 G 3/4 4.0

Refix DC
• For potable water, fire fighting and hydro-pneumatic well applications ØD
• Non-replaceable diaphragm, according to DIN EN 13831 norm part 3
• All vessel parts in contact with water are coated against corrosion
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/108/EC directives ØD
• Durable epoxy coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)
ØD

A h

25 litres 50-400 litres 500-600 litres

Option
R 1 - AG Connection
Article No: 9119204

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

A
10 bar / 70°C Blue Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
DC 25 7200400 54 4.7 280 520 - G1 2.0
DC 50 7309600 54 12.5 409 588 113 R1 4.0
10 bar
DC 80 7309700 54 17.0 480 680 104 R1 4.0
DC 100 7309800 54 20.5 480 785 104 R1 4.0
DC 140 7309900 54 29.0 480 997 104 R1 4.0
DC 200 7363500 54 40.0 634 883 91 R1 4.0
DC 300 7363600 54 52.0 634 1184 93 R1 4.0
DC 400 7363700 54 78.0 740 1173 81 R1 4.0
DC 500 7363800 54 80.0 740 1392 82 R1 4.0
DC 600 7363900 54 103.0 740 1629 73 R1 4.0

19
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications
Expansion Vessels

Refix DE
• For potable water, water heating and hydro-pneumatic well applications
• Bladder according to DIN EN 13831 norm part 3
• From 60 litres volume with replaceable bladder
• All vessel parts in contact with water are coated against corrosion
ØD
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/108/EC directives
• Fitted with manometer from Ø 1000 mm
• Threaded connections up to 1000 litres ØD
• Flanged connections above 1000 litres
• 3000 to 10000 litres with upper flange ØD

• Durable epoxy coating

• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen) H
H
H

Option
Wall-hung bracket A A
h
Article No: 7611000
2-25 litres 33 litres 50-500 litres

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

PU A
10 bar / 70°C Blue Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
DE 1 7100300 40 - 1.0 122 173 - G 1/2 4
DE 2 7200300 40 288 1.0 132 260 - G 3/4 4
10 bar
DE 8 7301000 40 96 1.7 206 335 - G 3/4 4
DE 12 7302000 40 60 2.4 280 307 - G 3/4 4
DE 18 7303000 40 56 2.8 280 410 - G 3/4 4
DE 25 7304000 40 42 3.7 280 520 - G 3/4 4
DE 33 7303900 40 24 5.7 354 454 - G 3/4 4
DE 33 1) 7305500 40 24 6.5 354 520 66 G 3/4 4
DE 50 7306005 42 20 9.5 409 604 102 G1 4
DE 60 7306400 42 18 11.2 409 734 161 G1 4
DE 80 7306500 42 10 14.0 480 745 153 G1 4
DE 100 7306600 42 10 16.0 480 850 153 G1 4
DE 200 7306700 42 4 36.5 634 967 150 G 1 1/4 4
DE 300 7306800 42 - 41.5 634 1267 150 G 1 1/4 4
DE 400 7306850 42 - 73.0 740 1245 139 G 1 1/4 4
DE 500 7306900 42 - 103.0 740 1475 133 G 1 1/4 4
DE 600 7306950 42 - 128.0 740 1859 263 G 1 1/2 4
DE 800 7306960 42 - 176.0 740 2325 263 G 1 1/2 4
DE 1000 Ø 740 7306970 42 - 214.0 740 2604 263 G 1 1/2 4
DE 1000 Ø 1000 7311405 44 - 427.0 1000 2001 291 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 1500 7311605 44 - 542.0 1200 1991 286 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 2000 7311705 44 - 717.0 1200 2451 291 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 3000 7311805 44 - 962.0 1500 2521 320 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 4000 7354000 44 - 1085.0 1500 3070 320 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 5000 7354200 44 - 1050.0 1500 3635 320 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 8000 44 - 1750.0 1500 5404 236 DN 100/PN 16 4
DE 10000 44 - 1750.0 1500 6560 236 DN 100/PN 16 4
* The CE regulation is not the subject for ≤ 2 l vessels.
1) With legs

20
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications

Expansion Vessels
Refix DE
ØD
MBM ll Bladder Rupture Detector
ØD
• For the signalling of bladder rupture in Reflex G
ØD Bladder
Control • Consists of an electrode and relay
(factory-mounted)
• Operates 230 V / 50 Hz supply
• Three terminal dry contact
• Recommended: 1 device for each vessel
H
H Article No : 7857700 Material Group : 86
H

A
h

Relay Electrode
600-1000 litres 80 - 1000 litres 3000-10000 litres Wall mounted (on site) Factory mounted
Ø 740 Ø 740/25 bar

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

PU A
16 bar / 70°C Blue Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
DE 8 7301006 40 96 2.7 206 335 - G 3/4 4
DE 12 7302105 40 60 3.5 280 309 - G 3/4 4
16 bar
DE 25 7304015 40 42 5.6 280 520 - G 3/4 4
DE 80 7348600 42 4 23.0 480 745 153 G1 4
DE 100 7348610 42 4 27.0 480 850 153 G1 4
DE 200 7348620 42 - 57.0 634 967 150 G 1 1/4 4
DE 300 7348630 42 - 66.0 634 1267 150 G 1 1/4 4
DE 400 7348640 42 - 116.0 740 1394 265 G 1 1/4 4
DE 500 7348650 42 - 127.0 740 1614 265 G 1 1/4 4
DE 600 7348660 42 - 158.0 740 1859 265 G 1 1/4 4
DE 800 7348670 42 - 202.0 740 2324 265 G 1 1/4 4
DE 1000 Ø 740 7348680 42 - 244.0 740 2604 265 G 1 1/4 4
DE 1000 Ø 1000 7312805 44 - 530.0 1000 2001 286 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 1500 7312905 44 - 685.0 1200 1991 291 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 2000 7313005 44 - 895.0 1200 2451 291 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 3000 7313105 44 - 1240.0 1500 2521 320 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 4000 7354100 44 - 1100.0 1500 3110 320 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 5000 7354300 44 - 1120.0 1500 3645 320 DN 65/PN 16 4
DE 8000 44 - 1750.0 1500 5404 236 DN 100/PN 16 4
DE 10000 44 - 1750.0 1500 6560 236 DN 100/PN 16 4

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

PU A
25 bar / 70°C Blue Group kg mm mm mm pressure bar
DE 8 7290100 40 60 3.5 206 335 - G 3/4 4
DE 80 7317600 44 - 70.0 450 942 159 DN 50/PN 40 4
25 bar
DE 120 7313700 44 - 100.0 450 1253 159 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 180 7313500 44 - 116.0 450 1528 159 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 300 7313800 44 - 150.0 750 1318 160 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 400 7313300 44 - 245.0 750 1423 160 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 600 7321500 44 - 290.0 750 1868 159 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 800 7321200 44 - 355.0 750 2268 159 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 1000 Ø 750 7321000 44 - 245.0 750 2768 159 DN 50/PN 40 4
DE 1000 Ø 1000 7322200 44 - 800.0 1000 2051 242 DN 65/PN 40 4
DE 1500 7322100 44 - 850.0 1200 2071 291 DN 65/PN 40 4
DE 2000 7313400 44 - 960.0 1200 2531 240 DN 65/PN 40 4
DE 3000 7345700 44 - 1550.0 1500 2609 269 DN 65/PN 40 4

Options
• Operation pressure of 40 bar Article Article No Suitable For Model
AG Connection

• Flanged connection DN 150 etc. R1 9119204 DE 50 - 100 / DC 50 - 600

• Inner lining according to DIN/DVGW norms
R 1 1/4 9119205 DE 200 - DE 1000 / Ø 740 - 16 bar
• Stainless steel connection
R 1 1/2 9119206 DE 600 - DE 1000 / Ø 740 - 10 bar 21
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications
Expansion Vessels

Refix DE Bladder Type Pressure Vessels For Anti-Water Hammer Applications

• Anti-water hammer applications for pumping systems ØD
• Suitable for potable, raw and waste water ØD
• Vertical tank construction with feet
• Nominal volume range from 300 ltr to 10.000 ltr
• Max. operating pressure 10 bar
• Test pressure = 1.43 time the max. operating pressure
• Elbow-type flanged water connection
• For 3000 ltr and above , extra inspection flange on the top of the tank
• Heavy gauge steel , depending on the model : S235 JR+AR ; P265GH ; DD 11
• High quality butyl interchangeable bladder according to DIN EN 13831
• Max. temperature for bladder in continuous operation -10°C to 70°C H H
• Corrosion protection outer painting in durable epoxy coating
with min. thickness of 30 µm in blue colour (RAL 5007)
• All vessel parts in contact with water are coated against corrosion
• Pressure gauge diam. 63 mm through R 1/4” threaded connection
• Factory pre-pressurized gas chamber (Nitrogen) A

300 - 1000 litres 1000 - 10000 litres

Ø 740

Type Volume Nominal Weight ØD H Pre-charge

A
10 bar / 70°C (litres) kg mm mm pressure bar
DE 300 300 41,5 750 1262 DN 80 4
DE 400 400 73 750 1367 DN 80 4
10 bar
DE 600 600 103 750 1842 DN 80 4
DE 800 800 176 750 2242 DN 80 4
DE 1000 Ø 740 1000 214 750 2742 DN 80 4
DE 1000 Ø 1000 1000 427 1000 2001 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 1500 1500 542 1200 1991 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 2000 2000 717 1200 2451 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 3000 3000 962 1500 2521 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 4000 4000 1085 1500 3070 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 5000 5000 1050 1500 3635 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 8000 8.000 1750 1500 5404 DN 80 / DN 200 4
DE 10000 10.000 1750 1500 6560 DN 80 / DN 200 4

For product article number contact us

Options
• Operating pressure of 16 bar, 25 bar, or above
• Nominal volume above 10.000 ltr
• Horizontal tank design
• Bladder rupture detector MBM II (230 V / 50 Hz)
• Stainless steel water connection
• Non-standard flange connection
• Outer coating for aggressive environment , inner coating according to
ISO 12944-2 norm , Class C2 , C3 , C4 or C5

Documentation (upon request)

• Dimensional drawing
• Conformity certificate according to 2014/108/EC directives
• TÜV Quality certification for welding operators
• Hydraulic test certificate
• Material certification

22
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications

Expansion Vessels
Refix DE Bladder Type Pressure Vessels For Anti-Water Hammer Applications
Reservoir
Surge (Air)
vessel
Air-release
vacuum valve

Reservoir

Pump
Station

Bladder type pressure vessels manufactured and approved according to

pressure directives 2014/108/EC directives, article 3 , paragraph 2.2 for
pressure equipment.

Design, manufacturing and test according prEN 13831:2000 norm. Reflex

Winkelmann GmbH is an ISO:9001 quality registered company by TÜV
Nord Systems GmbH + Co. KG

Reflex pressure vessels , with interchangeable bladder, destined for the

Refix DE anti-hammer protection in pumping systems. The liquid is contained
Surge Vessel within the rubber bladder while the air (nitrogen) is trapped in the space
between the outside of the bladder and the wall of the vessel. Therefor
the liquid is not in contact with the steel walls of the vessel as it is
the case of open tanks with compressor. Since the water is contained in
minimum permeability butyl bladder, there is no air dissolution as it is
the case with compressed air.

Anti-hammer vessels offers protection to pipe network of pumping sys-

tems against fatigue and failure resulting from pump start-up / shut-
down and sudden valve actuation.

Once installed, commissioned and set at the adequate pre-charge pres-

sure, the pressure tank bladder will be able to dampen the water ham-
mer transients of pressure waves resulting from opening or shutdown
of valves .

Reservoir

Consumer

Pump

23
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications
Expansion Vessels

Refix HW
• For potable water, fire fighting and hydro-pneumatic well applications
• Bladder, according to DIN EN 13831 norm part 3, max. operating temperature 70°C
• All vessel parts in contact with water are coated against corrosion
ØD
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/108/EC directives
• Durable epoxy coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)
• From 50 litres volume with replaceable bladder
H A

L2 W2

L W

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H L L2 W2 W Pre-charge

PU A
10 bar / 70°C Blue Group kg mm mm mm mm mm mm Pressure bar
HW 25 7200310 49 36 5.3 280 293.4 520 228 214 270 G 3/4 2
HW 50 7200320 49 20 15.0 409 433 503 175 285 350 G 3/4 2
10 bar
HW 60 7200330 49 16 16.0 409 433 573 175 285 350 G1 2
HW 80 7200340 49 16 17.0 480 495 595 230 285 355 G1 2
HW 100 7200350 49 16 15.0 480 495 705 340 285 355 G1 2

Refix DE 1
• To be used along devices where sudden pressure build-up is caused Ø 122
by quick shut-off such as washing machines, dish washers etc.
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/108/EC directives
• Volume 1 litres
• Durable epoxy coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber 4 bar (Nitrogen)

173 mm
• 10 bar / 70°C

Article No : 7100300 Material Group : 40

G 1/2

Refix Water Shock Arrestor

• To be used along devices where sudden pressure build-up is caused Ø 86
by quick shut-off such as washing machines, dish washers etc.
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/108/EC directives
• Volume 165 cm3
• Durable epoxy coating
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber 4 bar (Nitrogen) 115 mm
• 10 bar / 70°C

Article No : 7351000 Material Group : 74

G 1/2

24
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications

Refix

Expansion Vessels
Reflex Hot Water Heater

Refix DD/DT Hygienic Pressure Vessels

• The Refix DD/DT vessels continue to deliver unparalleled performance and
persistence, meeting all the tough requirements of the German DIN 4807
part 5. The shell of the tank is made of heavy gauge steel and has epoxy
coating from inside.
• The dual water connection for internal circulation delivered in various sizes Reflex DD
ranging from 1 1/4 up to DN 100. The butyl rubber bladder offers the lowest
permeability compared to any material used today.

Cold Water Supply

Inlet Security Group

Refix DD
• For potable water applications according to German DIN/DVGW 4807 norm part 5 ØD
• Integrated internal circulation ØD
• Butyl bladder according to German KTW-C norm
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/108/EC directives
• Inner anti-corrosion coating according to German KTW-A (food stuff regulation)
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)
• Can be installed with Flowjet - flow through valve H
• Connectable to T-piece Rp 3/4 (included in Refix DD delivery) H

A A

Option 8-25 litres 33 litres

Wall-hung bracket
Article No: 7611000 Rp 3/4 - T - Piece
(DD 8 - DD 33)

Type Article No Article No Material Weight D H Pre-charge

PU A
10 bar / 70°C Green White Group kg mm mm Pressure bar
DD 2 1) 7381500 - 48 288 1.0 132 269 G 3/4 4
DD 8 7308000 7307700 48 96 1.7 206 345 G 3/4 4
10 bar
DD 12 7308200 7307800 48 60 2.0 280 318 G 3/4 4
DD 18 7308300 7307900 48 56 2.5 280 420 G 3/4 4
DD 25 7308400 7380400 48 42 3.3 280 530 G 3/4 4
DD 33 7380700 7380800 48 24 5.8 354 468 G 3/4 4
* The CE regulation is not the subject for ≤ 2 l vessels.

Type Article No Article No Material Weight D H Pre-charge

PU A
10 bar 10 bar / 70°C Blue White Group kg mm mm Pressure bar
DD 8 7290200 7290300 48 60 3.2 206 345 G 3/4 4
1) T - Piece is not included to the delivery

Flowjet - Flow Through, Shut-off and Discharge Valve

• For easy assembly and maintenance of Refix DD pressure tanks
according to DIN/DVGW 4807 norm part 5
• Max. operating pressure 16 bar
• Max. operating temperature 70°C

Article No : 9116799 Material Group : 85

Flowjet

Flowjet

Rp 3/4 - T - Piece
(DD 8 - DD 33)

25
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications
Expansion Vessels

Refix DT
• For potable water applications according to German DIN/DVGW 4807 norm part 5
• Integrated internal circulation ØD
• In case of Rp 1/4 connection (60 - 500 litres) factory-equipped with
Flowjet: flow-through, shut-off and discharge valve
• Replaceable butyl bladder according to German KTW-C norm ØD
• Inner anti-corrosion coating according to German KTW-A (food stuff regulation)
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/108/EC directives
• Factory pre-pressurised gas chamber (Nitrogen)

h h

60-500 litres 600-1000 litres (Ø 740)

Flowjet Duo Connection

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

Connection
10 bar / 70°C Green Group kg mm mm mm Pressure bar
DT 60 Flow jet Rp 1 1/4 7309000 47 15.0 409 766 80 4
Flowjet Rp 1 1/4 7309100 47 16.5 480 765 65 4
10 bar DN 50/PN 16 7365000 47 23.0 480 765 100 4
DT 80
DN 50/PN 16 7335705 47 24.0 480 765 110 4
DN 50/PN 16 7335805 47 26.0 480 765 115 4
Flowjet Rp 1 1/4 7309200 47 18.6 480 870 65 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365400 47 26.0 480 870 100 4
DT 100
DN 65/PN 16 7365405 47 27.0 480 870 110 4
DN 80/PN 16 7365406 47 28.0 480 870 115 4
Flowjet Rp 1 1/4 7309300 47 37.0 634 975 80 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365100 47 53.0 634 975 105 4
DT 200
DN 65/PN 16 7365105 47 54.0 634 975 115 4
DN 80/PN 16 7365106 47 57.0 634 975 120 4
Flowjet Rp 1 1/4 7309400 47 43.5 634 1275 80 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365200 47 59.0 634 1275 105 4
DT 300
DN 65/PN 16 7336305 47 60.0 634 1275 115 4
DN 80/PN 16 7336405 47 63.0 634 1275 120 4
Flowjet Rp 1 1/4 7319305 47 73.0 740 1245 70 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365500 47 79.0 740 1245 95 4
DT 400
DN 65/PN 16 7336505 47 80.0 740 1245 105 4
DN 80/PN 16 7336605 47 83.0 740 1245 110 4
Flowjet Rp 1 1/4 7309500 47 69.0 740 1475 70 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365300 47 85.0 740 1475 90 4
DT 500
DN 65/PN 16 7365307 47 86.0 740 1475 100 4
DN 80/PN 16 7365305 47 89.0 740 1475 110 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365600 47 164.0 740 1860 235 4
DT600 DN 65/PN 16 7336705 47 165.0 740 1860 235 4
DN 80/PN 16 7336806 47 177.4 740 1860 235 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365700 47 204.0 740 2325 235 4
DT 800 DN 65/PN 16 7336905 47 205.0 740 2325 235 4
DN 80/PN 16 7337006 47 208.0 740 2325 235 4
DN 50/PN 16 7365800 47 244.0 740 2805 235 4
DT 1000 Ø 740 DN 65/PN 16 7337105 47 245.0 740 2805 235 4
DN 80/PN 16 7337205 47 248.0 740 2805 235 4
DN 50/PN 16 7320105 46 386.2 1000 2000 160 4
DT 1000 Ø 1000 DN 65/PN 16 7337305 46 386.2 1000 2000 150 4
DN 100/PN 16 7337405 46 386.2 1000 2000 140 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320305 46 502.4 1200 2000 160 4
DT 1500 DN 80/PN 16 7337505 46 502.4 1200 2000 150 4
DN 100/PN 16 7337605 46 502.4 1200 2000 140 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320505 46 686.5 1200 2450 160 4
DT 2000 DN 80/PN 16 7337705 46 686.5 1200 2450 150 4
DN 100/PN 16 7337805 46 686.5 1200 2450 140 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320705 46 1054.0 1500 2520 190 4
DT 3000 DN 80/PN 16 7337905 46 1057.0 1500 2520 180 4
DN 100/PN 16 7338005 46 1057.0 1500 2520 170 4

26
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications

Expansion Vessels
Refix DT
ØD
ØD
MBM ll Bladder Rupture Detector
• For the signalling of bladder rupture in Reflex G
Bladder • Consists of an electrode and relay
Control (factory-mounted)
• Operates 230 V / 50 Hz supply
• Three terminal dry contact
• Recommended: 1 device for each vessel

H
H Article No : 7857700 Material Group : 86

A A
h h
Relay Electrode
Wall mounted (on site) Factory mounted

1000-2000 litres (Ø 1000) 3000 litres

Duo Connection Duo Connection

Type Article No Material Weight ØD H h Pre-charge

Connection
16 bar / 70°C Green Group kg mm mm mm Pressure bar
Flow jet Rp 1 1/4 7316005 47 27.0 480 765 65 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370000 47 32.0 480 765 100 4
DT 80
16 bar DN 65/PN 16 7310306 47 33.0 480 765 110 4
DN 80/PN 16 7310307 47 35.0 480 765 115 4
Flow jet Rp 1 1/4 7365408 47 29.0 480 870 65 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370100 47 34.0 480 870 100 4
DT 100
DN 65/PN 16 7370101 47 35.0 480 870 110 4
DN 80/PN 16 7370102 47 37.0 480 870 115 4
Flow jet Rp 1 1/4 7365108 47 55.0 634 975 80 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370200 47 61.0 634 975 105 4
DT 200
DN 65/PN 16 7370205 47 62.0 634 975 115 4
DN 80/PN 16 7370206 47 65.0 634 975 120 4
Flow jet Rp 1 1/4 7319205 47 64.0 634 1275 80 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370300 47 70.0 634 1275 105 4
DT 300
DN 65/PN 16 7314205 47 71.0 634 1275 115 4
DN 80/PN 16 7314206 47 74.0 634 1275 120 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370400 47 113.0 740 1395 235 4
DT 400 DN 65/PN 16 7339006 47 119.0 740 1395 235 4
DN 80/PN 16 7339005 47 122.0 740 1395 235 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370500 47 130.0 740 1615 235 4
DT 500 DN 65/PN 16 7370507 47 131.0 740 1615 235 4
DN 80/PN 16 7370505 47 134.0 740 1615 235 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370600 47 174.0 740 1860 235 4
DT600 DN 65/PN 16 7339105 47 175.0 740 1860 235 4
DN 80/PN 16 7339205 47 178.0 740 1860 235 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370700 47 224.0 740 2325 235 4
DT 800 DN 65/PN 16 7339305 47 225.0 740 2325 235 4
DN 80/PN 16 7339406 47 228.0 740 2325 235 4
DN 50/PN 16 7370800 47 259.0 740 2805 235 4
DT 1000 Ø 740 DN 65/PN 16 7339505 47 260.0 740 2805 235 4
DN 80/PN 16 7339605 47 263.0 740 2805 235 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320205 46 488.0 1000 2000 160 4
DT 1000 Ø 1000 DN 80/PN 16 7339705 46 488.0 1000 2000 150 4
DN 100/PN 16 7339805 46 488.0 1000 2000 140 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320405 46 630.0 1200 2000 160 4
DT 1500 DN 80/PN 16 7339905 46 630.0 1200 2000 150 4
DN 100/PN 16 7340005 46 630.0 1200 2000 140 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320605 46 850.0 1200 2450 160 4
DT 2000 DN 80/PN 16 7340105 46 850.0 1200 2450 150 4
DN 100/PN 16 7340205 46 850.0 1200 2450 140 4
DN 65/PN 16 7320805 46 1240.0 1500 2520 190 4
DT 3000 DN 80/PN 16 7340305 46 1240.0 1500 2520 180 4
DN 100/PN 16 7340405 46 1240.0 1500 2520 170 4

Options • Operation pressure >16 bar

• MBM connection with tanks over 1000 litres
27
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications
Expansion Vessels

Quick Selection Table For Hot Water Heating Applications

Selection of the nominal vessel volume ( Vn )

Vsp

10°C Cold water inlet temperature Vn

P0
60°C Storage temperature •
Pa Psv
V
•
Vs

• Preset press. gas P0 = 3.0 bar • Pre-charge press. gas P0 = 4.0 bar = factory setting
• Set press. of the pressure reducer Pa ≥ 3.2 bar • Set press. of the pressure reducer Pa ≥ 4.2 bar

Psv [bar] 6 7 8 10 Psv [bar] 6 7 8 10

Vst [litres] Nominal volume Refix [litres] Vst [litres] Nominal volume Refix [litres]
90 8 8 8 8 90 8 8 8 8
100 8 8 8 8 100 12 8 8 8
120 8 8 8 8 120 12 8 8 8
130 8 8 8 8 130 12 8 8 8
150 8 8 8 8 150 18 12 8 8
180 12 8 8 8 180 18 12 8 8
200 12 12 8 8 200 18 12 12 8
250 12 12 12 8 250 25 18 12 12
300 18 18 12 12 300 25 18 18 12
400 25 18 18 18 400 33 33 18 18
500 25 25 18 18 500 60 33 25 18
600 33 25 25 18 600 60 60 25 25
700 33 33 25 25 700 60 60 33 25
800 60 33 33 25 800 80 60 60 25
900 60 60 33 25 900 80 60 60 33
1000 60 60 33 33 1000 100 60 60 60
1500 80 80 60 60 1500 200 100 80 60
2000 100 100 80 80 2000 200 200 100 80
3000 100 100 100 100 3000 300 200 200 100

Selection according to peak volume flow Vs

When the nominal volume of the Refix unit has been selected, it must be checked in the case of water-carrying vessels whether the peak volume flow V s
resulting from the piping calculation according to DIN 1988 can be implemented on the Refix. If this is the case, the 8-33 litre vessel of the Refix DD unit
may have to be replaced with a 60 litre Refix DT 60 vessel to enable a higher flow rate. Alternatively, a Refix DD unit with an appropriately dimensioned
T-piece may be used.

Available connections Recomm. max. peak flow Actual Pressure loss with
V s* volume flow V
Refix DD 8-33 litres V [m3/h] 2
With or without Flowjet Rp 3/4 = Standard
≤ 2.5 m3/h ∆p = 0.03 bar • ( 2.5 m3/h (
≤ 4.2 m3/h
Flowjet T - piece duct Rp 1 (on site) negligible
Vs Refix DT 60-500 litres
V [m3/h] 2
T - piece
V With Flowjet Rp 1 1/4 ≤ 7.2 m3/h ∆p = 0.04 bar • ( 7.2 m3/h (
Refix DT 80-3000 litres V [m3/h] 2
Duo connection DN 50
≤ 15 m3/h ∆p = 0.14 bar • ( 15 m3/h (
≤ 27 m3/h
Duo connection DN 65 V [m3/h] 2
Duo connection DN 80
≤ 36 m3/h ∆p = 0.11 bar • ( 27 m3/h (
≤ 56 m3/h
Vs Duo connection DN 100 negligible
V
Refix DE, DC, CD-E
Unlimited ∆p = 0
(non water-carrying)
Duo connection
* Calculated for a speed of 2 m/s

For detailed calculations, refer to our brochure “Pressurisation Systems - Planning, Calculation, Equipment” or
28 visit www.reflex.de to use our Reflex Pro calculation software
 Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications

Expansion Vessels
Refix Applications
Vessel on a booster set
Pressure vessels are installed on a pressure booster system in order to reduce pump starts and to eliminate pump starts at small draw-offs. This reduces
pump wear and extends pump life time.

Suction side Discharge side

If supply pressure from the water mains is too low a pressure vessel Pressure vessel with flow-through function according to DIN 4807,
can advantageously be installed on the suction side of the booster part 5. Inside epoxy coating in combination with butyl rubber bladder
system. This will avoid cavitation in the pump, and also will eliminate ensures to fulfil the most strict German food stuff regulations such as
to risk of creating vacuum in the water mains by pump starts. This will KTW-C (bladder) and KTW-A (inner lining). With the vessel mounted
reduce the pump wear. on the discharge side of the booster system, the numbers of pump
starts are reduced and also pump starts at small draw-offs are totally
eliminated. Maintenance of the vessel can be done without shutting
off the water supply with the shown pipework.
To consumer

To consumer
Supply line Supply line
Drain
Drain

Diaphragm expansion tank mounted Diaphragm expansion tank mounted

on suction side of pump on discharge side of pump
Pressure of piping Precharge pressure of tank Cut-in pressure of pump Precharge pressure of tank
2 bar 1.0 bar 1 bar 0.8 bar
3 bar 1.5 bar 2 bar 1.8 bar
4 bar 2.0 bar 3 bar 2.8 bar
5 bar 2.5 bar 4 bar 3.7 bar
6 bar 3.0 bar 5 bar 4.7 bar
7 bar 3.5 bar 6 bar 5.7 bar
8 bar 4.0 bar 7 bar 6.6 bar
9 bar 4.5 bar 8 bar 7.5 bar
10 bar 5.0 bar 9 bar 8.5 bar
11 bar 5.5 bar 10 bar 9.5 bar
12 bar 6.0 bar 11 bar 10.5 bar
13 bar 6.5 bar 12 bar 11.5 bar
13 bar 12.5 bar
Configuration: Refix on follw-up pressure side of PBS

• To restrict the switch frequency of pressure-controlled systems

Max. delivery head of PBS Hmax =...........mWs
Max. supply pressure Pmaxs =...........bar PBS
Switch-on pressure Pin =...........bar
Cut-out pressure Pout =...........bar
Max. delivery rate VmaxP =...........l/h
Switch frequency s =...........1/h Consumer
Number of pumps n =........... Supply
Electrical power of must powerful pump Pel =...........kW line

s - switch frequency 1/h 20 15 10

Pump output kW ≤ 4.0 ≤ 7.5 ≤ 7.5
(Pout + 1)
Nominal volume Vn = 0,33 x VmaxP
(Pout - Pin) x s x n
• To store the minimum supply volume Ve between activation and deactivation of the PBS
Switch-on pressure Pin =...........bar
Cut-out pressure Pout =...........bar
Input pressurure Refix P0 =...........bar → Reflex recommendation: P0 = Pin - 0.5 bar
Storage capacity Ve =...........l

(Pin + 1) (Pout + 1)
Nominal volume Vn = Ve
(P0 + 1) (Pout + Pin)

Hmax [mWs]
Check of max. excess operating pressure Pmax ≤ 1.1 Pmax
10 29
Diaphragm Expansion Vessels

Pressure Vessels For Potable Water Applications

Reflex & Refix Applications

1) Reflex G, expansion vessel for boiler circuit
Reflex 2) Reflex Storatherm Aqua Solar hot water heater
Exvoid T 4 3) Refix DD, Sanitary expansion vessel
Solar 5 4) Reflex Exvoid T Solar, Airvent for solar circuit
5) Reflex S, Expansion vessel for solar system
Reflex S
6) Reflex V, Intermediate tank
Solar Panel 7) Reflex Longtherm, Heat Exchanger
8) Refix DE, Expansion Vessel
9) Sinus Manifold
10) Refix DE, Booster Expansion Vessel
11) Reflex Inlet Security Group
6 12) Reflex Exvoid Air Separator - Brass
Reflex V Lockshield 13) Reflex AG Connection Set
14) Reflex Lockshield
14 15) Reflex Exdirt Separator - Steel
16) Reflex Exvoid Air Separator - Steel
17) Reflex N Expansion vessel
18) Sinus Buffer Tank
Reflex
7 Longtherm

12
Reflex
Exvoid

Floor Heating
Reflex DE
8

2 Radiator
Reflex Storatherm
Aqua Solar

18
16 Sinus
Buffer Tank
Reflex
Exvoid

3
Refix DD

10 15
Flow-jet
Refix DE Reflex
11 Exdirt
Security
Group

Sinus
Reflex G Manifold

1 9

Supply line
Booster Pumps

Reflex AG
13
30 17 Boiler / Chiller
Reflex N
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat
Pressurisation unit compressor-controlled

Pressurisation Systems

31
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflex Control

NEW!
Control Basic Control Touch Control Remote

Pressurisation Systems

• 2-line LCD display • 4.3” touch screen colour display • Remote control via secure server
• 8 control keys • Graphic user interface • System monitoring via PC or mobile device
• 2 status LED Integrated control of system • Simply structured plain text menus at any time and everywhere
pressure, deaeration and water make-up including operating instructions • (Professional) remote servicing by Reflex
• Manual and automatic operation and help texts Customer Service
• Common fault output signal • Integrated control of system pressure, • Reflex Remote Portal with intuitive
• Input, for contact water meter deaeration and water make-up user interface
• RS-485 interface • Manual and automatic operation • Simple management of multiple
• Permanent display of the most installations
important operating parameters in the • Visualisation of all parameters
system diagram • Diagrams for run-time monitoring
• Intelligent Plug & Play operational • Alarm messages via e-mail or messaging
management • User-provided Internet or GSM connection
• Evaluation and storage of the most • Factory-installed or retrofitting,
important operational data independent of Touch or Basic
• Extensive interfaces:
→ Input, for contact water meter
→ 2 x dry contact outputs for error
messages
→ 2 x analogue outputs for pressure
and vessel content
→ 2 x RS-485 interfaces
→ Plugs for Bluetooth module and
HMS networks, as well as SD card

32
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat
Pressurisation unit compressor-controlled
Pressure sensor
The solenoid valve
is TÜV-tested and consequently
satisfies the requirements of DIN
4751 T2 for systems up to 120°C

Pressurisation Systems
The safety valve
protects the vessel from
excessive pressure.

Lifting lugs
for ease of transport on site
(1000 litres and above )

Inner anti-corrosion lining

Bladder Control
By Customer

MBM ll bladder rupture detector

(option)

Bladder
High-quality butyl, reliably protects the
expansion water from exposure to air

Tank
Heavy duty steel with durable epoxy
coating , available in 6 and 10 bar version

The flex connection

for the expansion line is a prerequisite for
the proper operation of the level control

The load cell (fluid level measurement)

allows the operator to determine the
filling level

Control unit
State-of-the-art controls both in function
and design. Guarantees maximum
operating comfort. All reflex controls
(Variomat, Reflexomat, Servitec, Gigamat)
have been designed according to a
uniform design guideline

Most reliable and silent Compressor to

accomodate up to 12 MW input each

Robust mounting skid for compressor and

control unit
33
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat
Reflexomat System With 1 & 2 Compressors
Reflexomat up to 12 MW with 1 compressor
PIS

RG primary vessel Pressure maintenance,

compensating for the
Pressurisation Systems

RS control unit
expansion volume
The compressor and solenoid valve are
Solenoid

PIS actuated in such a way that if pressure

valve

is maintained at approximately ± 0.1 bar,

Compressor

the expansion water flowing in or out via

expansion lineis compensated for in the
Max. 70 ºC basic vessel. Because pressure is “stored”
in the form of an air buffer in the expan-
sion vessel (basic vessel), the method
of operation is very gentle. Reflexomats
230 V with 2 compressors work with load-
LIS
based, automatically
alternating operation and automatic
Flexible malfunction switchover.
connection Boiler/Chiller
heating&
cooling source Note: The useful volume rate is 90 % for
Discharge valve
the compressor controlled pressurisa-
tion units.
Water Therefore according to calculations the
Make-up required expansion tank size is smaller
Reflex Fillvalve
Reflex Fillset than static tank size.
Contact water
meter

Reflexomat up to 24 MW with 2 compressors

LIS

RG primary vessel RF Secondary Vessel Water make-up

RS control unit
Water make-up in the event of system-
based water losses is integrated into
the Reflexomat controls. It is performed
Solenoid

PIS based on the filling level in the basic

valve

vessel. The level measurement is carried

Compressor

Compressor

out by evaluating the weight of the

basic vessel. The solenoid valve for water
Max. 70 ºC Max. 70 ºC
make-up and the Reflex Fillset with
water meter and system separator can
be ordered optionally. Water make-up
is monitored by a leakage monitor and
230 V interrupted in the event of any malfunc-
LIS
tions. The signals of a contact water
meter can be evaluated (Reflex Fillset
Flexible Expansion Line with contact water meter). The Reflex
connection Fillcontrol Auto make-up station with
Boiler/Chiller
heating& integrated pump is available for very
Discharge valve cooling source high system pressures.

Water
Make-up

Fillcontrol Auto
Compact

34
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat
Reflexomat Working Principle for Heating & Cooling
HEATING

1- 2- 3- 4-

Pressurisation Systems
1. Low temperature 2. Temperature increase 3. Full power 4. Cooling down
The unit at rest with a small water The system pressure increases, The unit reaches almost full capa- When system pressure drops, the
reserve. hence, the air is discharged from city when the temperature increase compressor increases the vessel’s
the vessel and expansion water is completed while maintaining a pressure thus forcing water back
flows into the bladder until system constant system pressure. to the system until pressure is
pressure stabilizes to its setpoint. restored.

COOLING

1- 2- 3- 4-

1. Cooling down 2. Normal operation 3. Temperature increases 4. Maintenance, repair or

The system water volume and thus The pressure is constant; the unit is The system water volume and thus breakdown
pressure decreases. Subsequently, at rest with a small water reserve. pressure increases. Consequently, In these situations, the system
the compressor increases the ves- air is discharged from the vessel pressure will increase accordingly.
sel’s pressure in order to reinject in order to allow water into the Thus the unit stores amounts of
water back to the system until bladder. water in order to maintain the
pressure is stabilized. pressure constant, and prevents
simultaneously water loss through
the drainage system since a safety
valve would have opened.

Video clips demonstrating the function of this and other products are available under
www.reflex.de/services/fachwissen-und-beitraege/videothek/ 35
 Pressurisation Systems

NEW!
Reflexomat Compact
• Compact Compressor-controlled pressurisation unit for heating and chilled water systems ØD
• Air cushion compartment has anti-corrosion lining
• Compact design
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/108/EC directives
• Butyl diaphragm according to DIN EN 13831
Pressurisation Systems

norm part 3, max. operating temperature 70°C

• Maintains the pressure level within +/- 0.1 bar boundary
• Design pressure 6 bar
• Max. system flow temperature 120°C
• Degree of protection: IP 54
• With Control Basic
• Power supply 230 V
• 1 dry contact (BMS common fault signal) H
• Featuring RS 485 interface

Reflexomat Reflexomat
Reflexomat Silent Compact Silent Compact Compact

Material ØD H h System Power Voltage Sound Level Weight

Type Article No
Group mm mm mm Connection kW V dB(A) kg
RSC 200 8800200 31 634 1310 135 G1 0.75 230 /50 Hz 59 52.0
RSC 300 8800300 31 634 1610 135 G1 0.75 230/50 Hz 59 69.0
RSC 400 8800400 31 740 1610 135 G1 0.75 230/50 Hz 59 80.0
RSC 500 8800500 31 740 1735 135 G1 0.75 230/50 Hz 59 93.0

Reflexomat Compact
Material ØD H h System Power Voltage Sound Level Weight
Type Article No
Group mm mm mm Connection kW V dB(A) kg
RC 200 8806405 31 634 1320 135 R1 0.75 230 /50 Hz 72 52.0
RC 300 8801705 31 634 1620 135 R1 0.75 230/50 Hz 72 69.0
RC 400 8802805 31 740 1620 135 R1 0.75 230/50 Hz 72 80.0
RC 500 8803705 31 740 1745 135 R1 0.75 230/50 Hz 72 93.0
For 60 Hz operations , please consult us

Reflexomat Compact With Make-up System

Reflexomat Compact with replenish
Reflexomat
Compact
230 V Reflexomat Compact in combination with Reflex
Fillvalve (solenoid valve) and Fillset RPZ valve. If
the water level in the vessel drops to a critical
level, an appropriate amount of water will be
filled into the unit from the water mains. Reflex
Fillvalve to be connected to the control unit to
have signal for replenish.

The Fillset RPZ valve protects against backflow,

providing protection against the contamination of
Expansion line
mains cold water supply according to EN1717.

Flex duct

Discharge
valve Boiler/Chiller
heating&
cooling source
Water
Make-up
Reflex Fillvalve
Reflex Fillset
with contact
water meter

36
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat - Compressor - Controlled Dynamic Pressure Maintenance

• Compressor-controlled pressurisation system for heating
and chilled water systems up to 120°C max. flow temperature
• Maintains the pressure level within +/- 0.1 bar boundary
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels
2014/108/EC directives

Pressurisation Systems
• Superior quality butyl bladder according to
German DIN EN 13831
norm part 3, max. operating temperature 70°C
• Microprocessor control with display in 8 languages
• Permanent display of system pressure and tank volume level
• 230 V output for fully automated water make-up
• 2 dry contacts (common fault, min. water level)
for touch control unit
• Data output through RS-485 (from VS 90/2 and VS 150)
• Durable epoxy coating with attractive grey colour

RG 200 - 600 Reflexomat RG 1000

RS 300/1

Reflexomat, Degassing and Water Make-up With Servitec

Reflex Fillset Reflexomat with Servitec
with contact
Water water meter
Make-up Reflexomat unit in combination with
DN 25 Servitec and Fillset RPZ valve. If the water
level in the vessel drops to a critical level,
an appropriate amount of water will be
≥ 500 filled into the unit from the water mains
via the Servitec device. By connecting
230 V DN 20
the Servitec device in Levelcontrol mode
to the Reflexomat control unit, make-up
water is de-aerated before going into the
system.

The Fillset RPZ valve protects against

Reflexomat backflow, providing protection against
Compact Servitec 60
the contamination of mains cold water
supply. This combination can also be used
Expansion line Boiler/Chiller for applications where the water supply
heating&
cooling source comes from an adjacent container, as the
Flex duct
Servitec device is self priming.
Discharge
valve

37
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat Control Unit

• Compressor-controlled pressurisation
unit for heating and chilled water systems
• Degree of protection: IP 54
• Power supply 230/400 V
• Common fault signal and RS 485 interface
Pressurisation Systems

• Control Touch from RS 150 as standard,

• Control Touch: graphic menu display,
permanent display of the operating parameters,
H
extensive interfaces,
e.g. for BMS connection, remote monitoring

W D
1 Compressor Unit 2 Compressor Unit

RS control unit with 1 compressor

Control Touch Material Height Width Depth Power Voltage Sound Level Weight
Type Compressor
Article No Group (H) mm (W) mm (D) mm kW V dB(A) kg
RS 90/1 8880111* 33 415 395 520 0.75 230/50 Hz 72 21.0 ≤ 600 l, RS 90/1 on vessel
RS 90/1 8880211* 33 690 395 345 0.75 230/50 Hz 72 25.0 ≥ 800 l, RS 90/1 adjacent
RS 150/1 8880311 33 920 395 600 1.10 400/50 Hz 72 28.0
RS 300/1 8880411 33 920 395 700 2.20 400/50 Hz 76 34.0
adjacent
RS 400/1 8880511 33 920 395 700 2.40 400/50 Hz 76 51.0
RS 580/1 8880611 33 920 395 700 3.00 400/50 Hz 76 102.0
* Control basic only
For 60 Hz operations , please consult us

RS control unit with 2 compressors

Control Touch Material Height Width Depth Power Voltage Sound Level Weight
Type Compressor
Article No Group (H) mm (W) mm (D) mm kW V dB(A) kg
RS 90/2 8882100 33 920 1225 800 1.50 230/50 Hz 72 33.0
RS 150/2 8883100 33 920 1225 800 2.20 400/50 Hz 72 45.0
RS 300/2 8884100 33 920 1225 800 4.40 400/50 Hz 76 61.0
adjacent
RS 400/2 8885100 33 920 1225 800 4.80 400/50 Hz 76 95.0
RS 580/2 8886100 33 920 1225 800 6.00 400/50 Hz 76 197.0
For 60 Hz operations , please consult us

Reflexomat Control Unit Without Compressor (For On Site Compressed Air)

Type Article No Material Group H/W/D (mm)* Weight kg*
≤ 600 litre, RS 90/1 8881100 33 415/395/520 9.0
> 800 litre, RS 90/1 8881105 33 690/395/345 9.0
* Without compressor

Solenoid Valve For On-site Compressed Air

Fitted ready-to-connect in the RS 90/1 control unit without compressor

MV 1/4 Article No: 7913000 Material Group: 35

38
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat Vessels
• Heavy duty steel tank ØD ØD
• Replaceable butyl bladder in accordance with DIN EN 13831
• Approval in accordance with the 2014/108/EC directives
• Max. operating temperature bladder: 70°C
• Max. system flow temperature: 120°C

Pressurisation Systems
• Durable epoxy coating with attractive grey colour

H H

RS Control unit
Reflexomat = + Options
RG Basic vessel

h1
h

RG Basic Vessel RF Secondary Vessel

RF Secondary Vessel
RG Basic Vessel
(optional)
h h1 Article ØD H HG Weight
Type Article No Article No Connection
mm mm Group mm mm mm kg
200 115 8799100 155 8789100 30 634 970* R1 1350 42.8
300 115 8799200 155 8789200 30 634 1270* R1 1650 60.7
6 bar
400 100 8799300 140 8789300 30 740 1255* R1 1640 69.4
500 100 8799400 140 8789400 30 740 1475* R1 1860 78.7
600 100 8799500 140 8789500 30 740 1720* R1 2110 90.1
800 100 8799600 140 8789600 30 740 2185 R1 - 110.3
1000 195 8650105 305 8652005 32 1000 2025 DN 65 - 308.6
1500 185 8650305 305 8652205 32 1200 2025 DN 65 - 328.0
2000 185 8650405 305 8652305 32 1200 2480 DN 65 - 380.0
3000 220 8650605 334 8652505 32 1500 2480 DN 65 - 795.0
4000 220 8650705 334 8652605 32 1500 3065 DN 65 - 1.188.0
5000 220 8650805 334 8652705 32 1500 3590 DN 65 - 1.115.0

350 190 8654000 190 8654300 30 750 1340 DN 40 - 230.0

500 190 8654100 190 8654400 30 750 1600 DN 40 - 275.0
10 bar
750 180 8654200 180 8654500 30 750 2185 DN 50 - 345.0
1000 165 8651005 285 8653005 32 1000 2065 DN 65 - 580.0
1500 165 8651205 285 8653205 32 1200 2055 DN 65 - 800.0
2000 165 8651305 285 8653305 32 1200 2515 DN 65 - 960.0
3000 195 8651505 310 8653505 32 1500 2520 DN 65 - 1.425.0
4000 195 8651605 310 8653605 32 1500 3100 DN 65 - 1.950.0
5000 195 8651705 310 8653705 32 1500 3630 DN 65 - 2.035.0
* Height, with RS 90/1 control unit included
For 60 Hz operations , please consult us

Commissioning by Reflex - After Sales Service (Option)

Single compressor system Article No : 7945600
Double compressor system Article No : 7945630

Wall Bracket (Option)

• Wall mount facility for the RS 90/1 control unit in conjunction with RG 200, RG 300, RG 400, RG 500
and RG 600 expansion vessels (observe installation height H/HG)
• Incl. 3 m long connection hoses

Article No : 7881900 Material Group : 35

39
 Pressurisation Systems

BMS Modules
Weight
Type Article No Material Group
kg
LonWorks Digital 8860000 86 1.5
LonWorks 8860100 86 1.9
Profi bus-DP 8860200 86 1.9
Pressurisation Systems

Ethernet 8860300 86 1.9

BACnet-IP for Control Touch 8860500 86 0.4
BACnet MS/TP for Control Touch 8860600 86 0.4
Modbus RTU for Control Touch 9125592 86 0.4
Profibus RTU for Control Touch 9118042 86 0.4
I/O Modules 8858405 35 1.0
BACnet MS/TP BACnet-IP

Control Remote
Remote monitoring, diagnostics and at last remote-control
maintenance are becoming increasingly important for the
supervision of supply grid systems. For the responsible
on-site operator, it is more and more difficult to find qualified
support staff. Long distances to sites frequently prevent quick
and continuous control.

Material Length Width Weight

Type Article No Height
Group mm mm kg
Control 8910800 86 83 60 34 0.3
Remote

Master - Slave Connection

• Software tool for operating up to 10 Reflexomats in a hydraulic group to a distance of 1000 m

Article No : 7859000 Material Group : 35

40
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat Make-up Valve

Reflex Fillvalve
• For water make-up within systems which are equipped with Solenoid valve
compressor controlled pressurisation units
• Operates on 230 V output from pressurisation unit

Pressurisation Systems
Article No : 7858300 Material Group : 35 Ball valve

Impuls Water meter

Reflex Fillset With Impuls Water Meter
• Pre-fabricated assembly for direct connection of HVAC systems to water mains Ball valve
• Total quantity of make-up water is measured by a water meter
• Prevents backflow of HVAC water into the water mains
• With German DVGW-approved BA-type backflow preventer
• Including wall bracket and isolation valves RPZ valve with
dirt collector
Article No : 6811205 Material Group : 70

Drain

MBM ll Bladder Rupture Detector

• For the signalling of bladder rupture in Reflexomat expansion
• Consists of a factory-mounted electrode and a relay
• Power supply 230 V / 50 Hz supply
• Three terminal dry contact
• Recommended: 1 device for each vessel
• MBM Electronics in two variants :
Relay Electrode
For on site mounting Factory mounted

→ For wall-mounting Article No : 7857700 Material Group : 86

→ Factory-installed in the Touch Control cabinet for single vessel Article No : 9122294 Material Group : 86

Reflexomat With Fillcontrol Auto Compact and Fillsoft II

Fillcontrol Reflexomat with Fillcontrol Auto Compact
Auto Compact
230 V
Reflexomat unit in combination with Fillcontrol
Auto Compact, Fillsoft II and Fillset RPZ valve.
Water If the water level in the vessel drops to a criti-
Make-up
cal level, an appropriate amount of water will
Reflex Fillset 230 V
with contact be filled into the unit from the water mains via
water meter the Fillcontrol Auto Compact. By connecting
Max. 8.5 bar
120-180 l/h system the Fillcontrol Auto Compact make-up unit to
make-up line
Reflex the Reflexomat control unit, make-up water is
Fillsoft II
pumped into the system, if the pressure from
the water mains is below system pressure. The
make-up unit also include a break tank, which
Reflexomat
providing protection against contamination. By
the Fillsoft device the system water can be to-
tally softened or adjusted to the required level.
The Fillset RPZ valve protects against backflow,
Expansion line Boiler/Chiller providing protection against the contamination
heating&
cooling source of mains cold water supply according to EN1717.
By connecting the impuls water meter to the
Reflexomat control unit the Fillmeter function
Discharge
valve
is available.

41
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflexomat Quick Selection

P0 1 Compressor Selection Example
bar

Output heat generator Q = 500 kW

Water content VS = 5000 litres
Design temperature T = 70/50 ºC
Pressurisation Systems

Static height Hst = 30 m

Expansion coefficient n = 0.0228
Hst [m]
P0 ≥ bar + 0.2 bar
10
30
P0 ≥ bar + 0.2 bar = 3.2 bar
10
Ve + Vws
Vn ≥
DF
5000 x (0.0228 + 0.005)
Vn ≥ = 155 liter
0.9
Selected:
Control unit RS 90/1
Expansion vessel RG 200
SU Lock shield R 1x1
RS 580/1

RS 400/1

RS 300/1

RS 150/1

RS 90/1

Total thermal output of the heat generation system - MW

P0 2 Compressor
bar

RS 580/2

RS 400/2

RS 300/2

RS 150/2

RS 90/2

Total thermal output of the heat generation system - MW

42
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat
Pump Controlled Pressurisation Systems

• Pressure maintenance
• Deaeration

Pressurisation Systems
• Water make-up

43
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflex Control

NEW!
Control Basic Control Touch Control Remote

Pressurisation Systems

• 2-line LCD display • 4.3” touch screen colour display • Remote control via secure server
• 8 control keys • Graphic user interface • System monitoring via PC or mobile device
• 2 status LED Integrated control of system • Simply structured plain text menus at any time and everywhere
pressure, deaeration and water make-up including operating instructions • (Professional) remote servicing by Reflex
• Manual and automatic operation and help texts Customer Service
• Common fault output signal • Integrated control of system pressure, • Reflex Remote Portal with intuitive
• Input, for contact water meter deaeration and water make-up user interface
• RS-485 interface • Manual and automatic operation • Simple management of multiple
• Permanent display of the most installations
important operating parameters in the • Visualisation of all parameters
system diagram • Diagrams for run-time monitoring
• Intelligent Plug & Play operational • Alarm messages via e-mail or messaging
management • User-provided Internet or GSM connection
• Evaluation and storage of the most • Factory-installed or retrofitting,
important operational data independent of Touch or Basic
• Extensive interfaces:
→ Input, for contact water meter
→ 2 x dry contact outputs for error
messages
→ 2 x analogue outputs for pressure
and vessel content
→ 2 x RS-485 interfaces
→ Plugs for Bluetooth module and
HMS networks, as well as SD card

44
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat
Pump Controlled Pressurisation Systems
The expansion bend
guarantees the pressure The air vent
compensation towards Release the gases from the tank.
the atmosphere between

Pressurisation Systems
the vessel wall and the
diaphragm
The high-quality butyl bladder
protects the expansion water from
a direct air admission

Heavy duty steel tank

Bladder Control
By Customer

Control unit
guarantees maximum
operating comfort. All Reflex
controls (Variomat, Variomat
Giga, Reflexomat, Servitec) MBM ll bladder
have been designed according rupture detector
to a uniform design guideline (option)

The pressure expansion relief at

atmospheric pressure results in the
deaeration of the expansion water

The connection set

connects the control unit with the VG
basic vessel. For 1-pump systems, the
protected shut-off is integrated in the
connection set. With respect to 2-pump
systems, the protected shut-off is
located on the control unit

The pressure cell

(level measurement) enables the
determination of the vessel fill level

Pump
Most reliable and silient.
From VS 2 soft start pumps

Over-flow line
With patented motor ball-valve-Auto-
function

Water make-up line

When the fill level in the VG basic vessel
is too low, the solenoid valve opens. For a
connection to the drinking water network,
Fillset must be added

45
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat
Variomat Pressurisation Systems
Variomat 1 up to 2 MW with 1 pump
PIS
Pressure Accumulating
Vessel
Pressure maintenance,
compensating for the
Pressurisation Systems

expansion volume
VG basic vessel
The pump and over flow valve are actu-
≥ 500 ated in such a way that pressure remains
Expansion line
constant within a range of around ± 0.2
bar. The expansion water is supplied to or
VS control unit discharged from the depressurised basic
Water vessel in 2 separate expansion lines.
PIS Make-up

Reflex Fillset
with contact
Max. 70 ºC water meter
TIME

LIS LIS

Boiler/Chiller
Discharge
valve heating& Water Make-up
cooling source
The volume of discharged free gases and
water losses are automatically replen-
ished. The level measurement is carried
out by evaluating the weight of the ba-
sic vessel. Water make-up based on the
filling level in the basic vessel is moni-
tored by a leakage monitor and interrupt-
ed in the event of any malfunctions. With
the Variomat 2, the signals of a contact
water meter can be evaluated (Reflex Fill-
set with contact water meter).

Variomat 2 - 1 up to 4 MW with 2 pumps

Pressure Accumulating
Vessel TIME

Deaeration

A part flow of the heating water is re-

leased into the basic vessel and thus
VF secondary vessel VG basic vessel ≥ 500
Expansion line degassed. The deaeration mode can be
Water selected from the following versions:
Make-up • Continuous deaeration:
constant deaeration after startup
Reflex Fillset
VS control with contact and repairs in the supply system,
unit water meter
to allow all residual air to be
removed from the system.
PIS • Follow-up deaeration: activated
automatically after continuous
Max. 70 ºC Max. 70 ºC Boiler/Chiller deaeration and performed after
heating& every pump operation.
cooling source
• Interval deaeration: performed
TIME after a specified schedule.
LIS

Note: The useful volume rate is 90 % for

Discharge
valve
the pump controlled pressurisation units.

Therefore according to calculations the

required expansion tank size is smaller
than static tank size.

46
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Working Principle for Heating & Cooling

HEATING

Pressurisation Systems
1. Low temperature 2. Temperature increase 3. Full power 4. Cooling down
System pressure is constant, unit at System pressure increase is de- The unit reaches almost full System pressure decreases; the
rest with a small water reserve. tected. Hence, water flows into the capacity when the temperature de-aerated water is pumped back
bladder through the open valve and increase is completed. Pressure is to the system until pressure’s set-
is de-aerated due to pressure drop. maintained. point is restored.

5. Replenish
if the vessel’s water volume drops
under critical level, the unit refills the
bladder until minimum water reserve.

COOLING

1. Cooling down 2. Low temperature 3. Temperature increase 4. Full power

Water volume and thus pressure The unit is at rest with a small Water volume and system pressure The unit reaches almost full capac-
drops, the de-aerated water is amount of water. increases subsequently, the over- ity when the temperature surge is
pumped back to the system until flow valve opens in order to allow completed all while maintaining
pressure reaches defined level. water into the depressurised vessel pressure constant.
until pressure stabilizes.

Video clips demonstrating the function of this and other products are available under
www.reflex.de/services/fachwissen-und-beitraege/videothek/
47
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Control Units

• Variomat controller VS 1 with Control Basic
• From Variomat controller VS 2 with Control Touch and soft start
• Perm. advance temperature 120°C
• Perm. operating temperature 70°C
• Perm. ambient temperature 0 - 45°C
Pressurisation Systems

• Sound level approx. 55 dB(A)

• Degree of protection: IP 54
• Water make-up connection Rp 1/2”
• Pump/overflow valve connection Rp 1/Rp 1
• Common fault signal and RS 485 interface

VS Control unit - 1 pump

Control Touch Material P0 Height Width Depth Power Voltage Sound Level Weight
Type Connection
Article No Group bar mm mm mm kW V dB(A) kg
VS 1 8910100* 38 ≤ 2.5 680 530 580 2xG1 0.75 230/50 Hz 55 25.0
VS 2-1/60 8910200 38 ≤ 4.8 920 470 730 2xG1 1.10 230/50 Hz 55 33.0
VS 2-1/75 8910300 38 ≤ 6.5 920 530 640 2xG1 1.10 230/50 Hz 55 35.0
VS 2-1/95 8910400 38 ≤ 8.0 920 530 640 2xG1 1.10 230/50 Hz 55 37.0
VS 1-1/140 8910500 38 ≤ 13.5 920 530 640 2xG1 2.20 400/50 Hz 60 50.0
* Control basic only
For 60 Hz operations , please consult us

VS Control unit - 2 pumps

Control Touch Material P0 Height Width Depth Power Voltage Sound Level Weight
Type Connection
Article No Group bar mm mm mm kW V dB(A) kg
VS 2-2/35 8911100 38 ≤ 2.5 920 700 780 2 x G 1 1/4 1.20 230/50 Hz 55 54.0
VS 2-2/60 8911200 38 ≤ 4.8 920 700 780 2 x G 1 1/4 2.20 230/50 Hz 55 58.0
VS 2-2/75 8911300 38 ≤ 6.5 920 720 800 2 x G 1 1/4 2.20 230/50 Hz 55 72.0
VS 2-2/95 8911400 38 ≤ 8.0 920 720 800 2 x G 1 1/4 2.20 230/50 Hz 55 76.0
VS 2-2/140 8911500 38 ≤ 13.5 920 720 800 2 x G 1 1/4 4.40 400/50 Hz 60 80.0
For 60 Hz operations , please consult us

48
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Pressurisation Systems

• Heavy duty steel tank ØD ØD
• Approval in acc. with the 2014/108/EC directives
• Replaceable butyl bladder in accordance with DIN EN 13831
• Max. system temperature 120°C
• Max. operation temperature 70°C

Pressurisation Systems
• Durable epoxy coating with attractive grey colour

H H

VS Control unit
Variomat = + Connection Set
VG Basic vessel

h h

VF Secondary VG Basic Vessel VF secondary vessel

VG Basic vessel
vessel
Material ØD H h Weight
Type Article No Article No Connection
Group mm mm mm kg
200 8600011 8610000 36 634 1060 146 G1 41.4
300 8600111 8610100 36 634 1360 146 G1 52.2
400 8600211 8610200 36 740 1345 133 G1 72.2
500 8600311 8610300 36 740 1560 133 G1 81.8
600 8600411 8610400 36 740 1810 133 G1 96.8
800 8600511 8610500 36 740 2275 133 G1 109.9
1000 Ø 740 8600611 8610600 36 740 2685 133 G1 156.0
1000 Ø 1000 8600705 8610705 37 1000 2130 350 G1 292.8
1500 8600905 8610905 37 1200 2130 350 G1 320.0
2000 8601005 8611005 37 1200 2590 350 G1 565.0
3000 8601205 8611205 37 1500 2590 380 G1 795.0
4000 8601305 8611305 37 1500 3160 380 G1 1080.0
5000 8601405 8611405 37 1500 3695 380 G1 1115.0

Commissioning by Reflex - After Sales Service (Option)

Single pump system Article No : 7945600
Double pump system Article No : 7945630

Variomat Connection Set

• For connecting Variomat pump systems to VG basic vessels
with protected shut-offs and screw connections

Variomat Connection set - 1 pump

VG vessel (Ø/mm) Article No Material Group Weight kg
480 - 740 6940100 39 2.0
1000 - 1500 6940200 39 3.0

Variomat Connection set - 2 pumps

VG vessel (Ø/mm) Article No Material Group Weight kg
480 - 740 6940300 39 2.0
1000 - 1500 6940400 39 3.0

49
 Pressurisation Systems

Thermal Insulation For Variomat Vessels

• 50 mm flexible foam thermal insulation with laminated grey ØD
PE cladding with zip fastener
• For heating applications only. For cooling water systems appropriate
diffusion-resistant insulation must be provided on-site
• Removable, for assembly on site
Pressurisation Systems

• Fire classification of jacket-B2

VG Thermal Insulation
VW thermal insulation
for VG basic vessels
Material ØD H h Weight
Type Article No
Group mm mm mm kg
VW 200 7985700 39 634 1060 146 3.0
VW 300 7986000 39 634 1360 146 3.5
VW 400 7995600 39 740 1345 133 4.5
VW 500 7983900 39 740 1560 133 5.5
VW 600 7995700 39 740 1810 133 6.0
VW 800 7993800 39 740 2275 133 8.0
VW 1000 Ø 740 7993900 39 740 2685 133 8.0
VW 1000 Ø 1000 7986800 39 1000 2130 350 9.0
VW 1500 7987000 39 1200 2130 350 10.6
VW 2000 7987100 39 1200 2590 350 13.0
VW 3000 7993200 39 1500 2590 380 15.0
VW 4000 7993300 39 1500 3160 380 17.0
VW 5000 7993400 39 1500 3695 380 21.8

Master - Slave Connection

• Software tool for operating up to 10 Variomat in a hydraulic group to a distance of 1000 m

Article No : 7859000 Material Group : 35

50
 Pressurisation Systems

MBM ll Bladder Rupture Detector

• For the signalling of bladder rupture in Variomat expansion
• Consists of a factory-mounted electrode and a relay
• Power supply 230 V / 50 Hz supply
• Three terminal dry contact
• Recommended: 1 device for each vessel

Pressurisation Systems
• MBM Electronics in two variants :
Relay Electrode
For on site mounting Factory mounted

→ For wall-mounting Article No : 7857700 Material Group : 86

→ Factory-installed in the Touch Control cabinet for single vessel Article No : 9122294 Material Group : 86

Variomat 1 water make-up with drinking water

Pressure Accumulating Fillsoft I
Vessel

Variomat unit in combination with

Variomat
Pressurisation Unit Fillsoft I water softening device and
Fillset RPZ valve. If the water level
in the vessel drops to a critical level,
an appropriate amount of water will
be filled into the unit from the water
≥ 500 mains. By the Fillsoft device the sys-
Expansion line
tem water can be totally softened or
adjusted to the required level. The Fill-
set RPZ valve protects against back-
Make up flow, providing protection against the
water contamination of mains cold water
supply according to EN1717. By con-
Reflex Fillset with necting the contact water meter to
contact water meter
Article No : 6811205 the Variomat control unit the Fillmeter
Boiler/Chiller function is available.
heating&
cooling source

Reflex Fillsoft I
Article No : 6811600

Variomat 2-1 water make-up via softening equipment

VF secondary VG basic Fillsoft II
vessel vessel
Pressure Accumulating
Vessel
Variomat unit in combination with
Fillsoft II water softening device for
Variomat higher capacity and Fillset RPZ valve. If
Pressurisation Unit
the water level in the vessel drops to a
critical level, an appropriate amount of
water will be filled into the unit from
the water mains. By the Fillsoft device
the system water can be totally sof-
≥ 500 tened or adjusted to the required level.
Expansion line

The Fillset RPZ valve protects against

backflow, providing protection against
Make up the contamination of mains cold wa-
water
ter supply according to EN1717. By
connecting the contact water meter to
Reflex Fillset with
contact water meter the Variomat control unit the Fillmeter
Article No : 6811205 function is available.
Boiler/Chiller
heating&
cooling source

Reflex Fillsoft II
Article No : 6811700

51
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Quick Selection

P0
Selection Example bar

Output heat generator Q = 500 kW

Water capacity VS = 5000 litres
Design temperature T = 70/50 ºC
Pressurisation Systems

Static height Hst = 30 m

Expansion coefficient n = 0.0228

Hst [m]
P0 ≥ bar + 0.2 bar
10
30
P0 ≥ bar + 0.2 bar = 3.2 bar
10
Ve + Vws
Vn ≥
DF
5000 x (0.0228 + 0.005)
Vn ≥ = 155 liter
0.9
Selected:
Control unit VS 2-1/60
Expansion vessel VG 200
Pressure Accumulating Vessel NG 80
Connection set G 1”
Make-up Reflex Fillset

• For cooling water systems up to 30°C only 50%

of the nominal heating power should be
considered when selecting the control unit
• In performance ranges > 2 MW we recommend
using double pump systems

Total thermal output of the heat generation system - MW

Variomat VG - VF Vessel Sizing

• Nominal volume Vn
Approximate value from the diagram
or
Calculation acc. to formula

0.031 [70°C]
0.045 [90°C]
Vn ≥ VA x
0.054 [100°C]
0.063 [110°C]

Setting flow temperature

Vn = Nominal volume, liter
VA = System water content , liter

• The nominal volumes can be distributed to several vessels

(VG basic vessel and VF secondary vessel).
Total thermal output of the heat generation system - MW

52
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga
Pump Control Pressurisation Systems

• Pressure maintenance
• Deaeration

Pressurisation Systems
• Water make-up

53
 Pressurisation Systems

Reflex Control

NEW!
Control Touch Control Remote

Pressurisation Systems

• 4.3” touch screen colour display • Remote control via secure server
• Graphic user interface • System monitoring via PC or mobile device
• Simply structured plain text menus at any time and everywhere
including operating instructions • (Professional) remote servicing by Reflex
and help texts Customer Service
• Integrated control of system pressure, • Reflex Remote Portal with intuitive
deaeration and water make-up user interface
• Manual and automatic operation • Simple management of multiple
• Permanent display of the most installations
important operating parameters in the • Visualisation of all parameters
system diagram • Diagrams for run-time monitoring
• Intelligent Plug & Play operational • Alarm messages via e-mail or messaging
management • User-provided Internet or GSM connection
• Evaluation and storage of the most • Factory-installed or retrofitting,
important operational data independent of Touch or Basic
• Extensive interfaces:
→ Input, for contact water meter
→ 2 x dry contact outputs for error
messages
→ 2 x analogue outputs for pressure
and vessel content
→ 2 x RS-485 interfaces
→ Plugs for Bluetooth module and
HMS networks, as well as SD card

54
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga
Pump Control Pressurisation Systems
The air vent
Release the gases from the tank.

The expansion bend

Pressurisation Systems
ensures the pressure compensation
towards the atmosphere between
reservoir wall and diaphragm.
The high-quality butyl bladder
protects the expansion water
from direct air admission.
GH Hydraulics
The 10 design models of the GH
hydraulic system allows the hydraulic Bladder
adjustment to the most different Control
systems and environments. By
Customer

MBM
ll bladder
GS Control unit rupture
The GS control in 6 basic models detector
ensures an excellent operating (option)
comfort. All reflex controls have been
designed according to a uniform
design guide line.

The flex-connection
for the expansion line is
required for the proper
function of the level
measurement.

The pressure cell

(level measurement)
allows to determine the
reservoir level.

Safety valve
Over-flow line for protection of the GG
with patented motor and GF vessels
ball-valve-auto function
Water make-up
solenoid valve
Min. press. limiter

Connection Connection
Expansion line DN 80/PN 16 GG Basic vessel DN 80/PN 6
Dimensioning

Shut-off
protected against
inadvertent closing
Most reliable, silent pumps
with soft start feature

Throttle valve
55
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga
Variomat Giga Pressurisation Systems
Pressure Accumulating
Vessel
Water
Make-up
Reflex
Fillset
Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga Hydraulic & Control Unit

GF secondary GG basic
vessel vessel

≥ 500

PIS

Max. 70 ºC Max. 70 ºC

PAZ-

LIS
PI
Discharge
valve
Discharge Boiler/Chiller
valve heating&
cooling
source

GS control
unit

PIS

Pressure maintenance, compensating for the expansion volume

The two pumps and two motorised ball valves are actuated in such a way that pressure
remains constant within a range of around ± 0.2 bar. The expansion water is supplied to or
discharged from the depressurised basic vessel in 2 separate expansion lines.

LIS

Water make-up
The volume of discharged free gases and water losses are automatically replenished. The
level measurement is carried out by evaluating the weight of the basic vessel. Water make-up
based on the filling level in the basic vessel is monitored by a leakage monitor and interrupted
in the event of any malfunctions. With the Variomat 2, the signals of a contact water meter
can be evaluated (Reflex Fillset with contact water meter).

PAZ-

Pressure Limiter
If the min. operating pressure is fallen short at the component-inspected min. pressure
controller PAZ , the electrical acutator in the overflow line is closed, and the heat generator
is switched off. The min. pressure controller is to be installed on the expansion line, for medium
pressure maintaining units on such unit.

TIME

Deaeration
A part flow of the heating/cooling water is released into the basic vessel and thus degassed. The deaeration mode can be selected from the following versions:
• Continuous deaeration: constant deaeration after startup and repairs in the supply system, to allow all residual air to be removed from the system.
• Follow-up deaeration: activated automatically after continuous deaeration and performed after every pump operation.
• Interval deaeration: performed after a specified schedule.

Note: The useful volume rate is 90 % for the pump controlled pressurisation units.
Therefore according to calculations the required expansion tank size is smaller than static tank size.

56
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga Working Principle for Heating & Cooling

HEATING

Pressurisation Systems
1. Low temperature 2. Temperature increase 3. Full power 4. Cooling down
System pressure is constant, unit System pressure increase is The unit reaches almost full System pressure decreases; the
at rest with a small water reserve. detected. Hence, water flows into capacity when the temperature de-aerated water is pumped back
the bladder through the open valve increase is completed. Pressure is to the system until pressure’s
and is de-aerated due to pressure maintained. setpoint is restored.
drop.

5. Replenish
if the vessel’s water volume drops
under critical level, the unit refills the
bladder until minimum water reserve.

COOLING

1. Cooling down 2. Low temperature 3. Temperature increase 4. Full power

Water volume and thus pressure The unit is at rest with a small Water volume and system pressure The unit reaches almost full
drops, the de-aerated water is amount of water. increases subsequently, the over- capacity when the temperature
pumped back to the system until flow valve opens in order to allow surge is completed all while
pressure reaches defined level. water into the depressurised vessel maintaining pressure constant.
until pressure stabilizes.

Video clips demonstrating the function of this and other products are available under
www.reflex.de/services/fachwissen-und-beitraege/videothek/
57
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga Control Systems

• Pump-controlled pressurisation system
with integral water-make-up and deaeration
(RL ≤ 70°C) for heating and cooling water systems
• With 2 pumps and 2 overflow valves
• Max. operating pressure 16 bar
Pressurisation Systems

• Max. system temperature 120°C*

• Max. operating temperature 0–70°C**
• Sound level approx. 55 dB(A)
• Pump connection DN 80/PN 16
• Basic vessel connection DN 80/PN 6
• Water make-up connection Rp 1/2

B T

Variomat Giga Control Unit

Control Module
Control Touch Material Electrical Power Hydraulic Height Width Depth Weight
Type Voltage
Article No Group kW Module mm mm mm kg
GS 1.1 8912500 38 2.20 230 V/50 Hz GH 50/GH 70 1200 1170 1020 15
GS 3 8912600 38 6.60 400 V/50 Hz GH 90/GH100 1200 1170 830 15
GS 4 8913000 38 8.0 400 V/50 Hz GH 110/ GH130/GH140 600 210 830 15
GS 7.5 8919000 38 15.0 400 V/50 Hz GH 150 600 210 830 15

Hydraulic Module
Material P0 Height Width Depth Weight
Type Article No
Group bar mm mm mm kg
GH 50 8931000 38 ≤ 4.0 1200 1170 830 195
GH 70 8932000 38 ≤ 6.0 1200 1170 830 195
GH 90 8931400 38 ≤ 8.0 1200 1170 830 265
GH 100 8931200 38 ≤ 9.5 1200 1170 830 230
GH 110 8931700 38 ≤ 10.0 1200 1170 830 270
GH 130 8931800 38 ≤ 12.0 1200 1170 830 280
GH 140 8931300 38 ≤ 13.0 1200 1170 830 273
GH 150 8931900 38 ≤ 14.5 1200 1170 830 340

P0 = Setting value on the control

= static height + evaporation pressure + 0.2 bar (recommended)

* According to maximum possible setting value - Temperature control 105°C, in accordance with DIN EN 12828
** Installation in the system return, diaphragm load of expansion vessels max. 70°C. Please consult us for permanent temperatures of ≤ 0°C

Safe Control
• Reliable water make-up for special applications
• Rp 1/2”
• Factory-assembly Article No : 9119552 Material Group : 86
• As retrofit kit Article No : 9119352 Material Group : 86

58
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga Tanks

• Heavy duty steel tank ØD ØD
• Approval in acc. with the 2014/108/EC directives
• Replaceable butyl diaphragm in accordance with DIN EN 13831
• Max. system temperature 120°C
• Max. operation temperature 70°C

Pressurisation Systems
• Durable epoxy coating with attractive new colour

H H

GS Control unit
Variomat Giga = + GH hydraulic module
GG Basic vessel
A
h h1

GG Basic vessel GF Secondary vessel

GG Basic GF Seconday
Vessel vessel
Article No Article No Material ØD H h h1 Weight
Type A
Grey Grey Group mm mm mm mm kg
1000 8920105 8930105 37 1000 2130 285 305 DN 65/PN 6 330.0
1500 8920305 8930305 37 1200 2130 285 305 DN 65/PN 6 465.0
2000 8920405 8930405 37 1200 2590 285 305 DN 65/PN 6 565.0
3000 8920605 8930605 37 1500 2590 314 335 DN 65/PN 6 795.0
4000 8920705 8930705 37 1500 3160 314 335 DN 65/PN 6 1.080.0
5000 8920805 8930805 37 1500 3695 314 335 DN 65/PN 6 1.115.0

MBM ll Bladder Rupture Detector

• For the signalling of bladder rupture in Variomat expansion
• Consists of a factory-mounted electrode and a relay
• Power supply 230 V / 50 Hz supply
• Three terminal dry contact
• Recommended: 1 device for each vessel
• MBM Electronics in two variants :
Relay Electrode
For on site mounting Factory mounted

→ For wall-mounting Article No : 7857700 Material Group : 86

→ Factory-installed in the Touch Control cabinet for single vessel Article No : 9122294 Material Group : 86

SV1 Safety Valve

• For additional protection of GG and GF vessels at nominal heating outputs > 10.5 MW

Article No : 6942100 Material Group : 81

Commissioning by Reflex - After Sales Service (Option)

Double pump system Article No : 7945630

59
 Pressurisation Systems

BMS Modules
Weight
Type Article No Material Group
kg
LonWorks Digital 8860000 86 1.5
LonWorks 8860100 86 1.9
Profi bus-DP 8860200 86 1.9
Pressurisation Systems

Ethernet 8860300 86 1.9

BACnet-IP for Control Touch 8860500 86 0.4
BACnet MS/TP for Control Touch 8860600 86 0.4
Modbus RTU for Control Touch 9125592 86 0.4
Profibus RTU for Control Touch 9118042 86 0.4
I/O Modules 8997705 71 1.0
BACnet MS/TP BACnet-IP

Control Remote
Remote monitoring, diagnostics and at last remote-control
maintenance are becoming increasingly important for the
supervision of supply grid systems. For the responsible
on-site operator, it is more and more difficult to find qualified
support staff. Long distances to sites frequently prevent quick
and continuous control.

Material Length Width Weight

Type Article No Height
Group mm mm kg
Control 8910800 86 83 60 34 0.3
Remote

Master - Slave Connection

• Software tool for operating up to 10 Variomat Giga in a hydraulic group to a distance of 1000 m

Article No : 7859100 Material Group : 35

60
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga With Servitec

Variomat Giga unit in combination
Make up
water with Servitec and Fillset RPZ valve. If
the water level in the vessel drops to
Reflex Fillset with
contact water meter a critical level, an appropriate amount
Article No : 6811205 ≥ 500 of water will be filled into the unit

Pressurisation Systems
Servitec from the water mains via the Servitec
device. By connecting the Servitec
Reflex Fillsoft II device in Levelcontrol mode to the
Variomat Giga control unit, make-up
water is de-aerated before going into
the system.
GF secondary GG basic
vessel vessel
Pressure Accumulating The Fillset RPZ valve protects against
Vessel backflow, providing protection against
the contamination of mains cold wa-
ter supply according to EN1717. By the
Fillsoft device the system water can
be totally softened or adjusted to the
required level. By connecting the con-
tact water meter to the Variomat Giga
≥ 500
Boiler/Chiller
control unit the Fillmeter function is
Expansion line heating& available. This combination can also
cooling be used for applications where the
source
water supply comes from an adjacent
Variomat Giga container, as the Servitec device is
Pressurisation Unit
self priming.
Discharge
valve

Variomat Giga With Softening Equipment

GG basic Variomat Giga unit in combination
vessel
Pressure Accumulating with Fillsoft II water softening device
Vessel and Fillset RPZ valve. If the water level
Variomat Giga in the vessel drops to a critical level,
Pressurisation Unit an appropriate amount of water will
be filled into the unit from the water
mains. By the Fillsoft device the sys-
tem water can be totally softened or
adjusted to the required level.

≥ 500
Expansion line
The Fillset RPZ valve protects against
backflow, providing protection against
the contamination of mains cold wa-
ter supply according to EN1717. By
connecting the contact water meter
to the Variomat control unit the Fill-
meter function is available.
Make up
water
Boiler/Chiller
heating&
Reflex Fillset with cooling
contact water meter source
Article No : 6811205

Reflex Fillsoft II

61
 Pressurisation Systems

Variomat Giga Quick Selection

Selection Example P0
bar
Output heat generator Q = 13 MW
Water capacity VS = 50.000 litres
Design temperature T = 70/50 ºC
Pressurisation Systems

Static height Hst = 30 m

Expansion coefficient n = 0.0228

Hst [m]
P0 ≥ bar + 0.2 bar
10
30
P0 ≥ bar + 0.2 bar = 3.2 bar
10
Ve + Vws
Vn ≥
DF
50.000 x (0.0228 + 0.005)
Vn ≥ = 155 liter
0.9
Selected:
Control unit GS 1.1
Hydraulic module GH 70
Expansion vessel GG 2000
Make-up Reflex Fillset

• For cooling water systems up to 30°C only 50% of

the nominal heating power should be considered
when selecting the control unit
• In performance ranges > 2 MW we recommend
using double pump systems
Total thermal output of the heat generation system - MW

Variomat Giga GG - GF Vessel Sizing

• Nominal volume Vn Vn
liter
Approximate value from the diagram
or
Calculation acc. to formula

0.031 [70°C]
0.045 [90°C]
Vn ≥ VA x
0.054 [100°C]
0.063 [110°C]

Setting flow temperature

Vn = Nominal volume, liter
VA = System water content , liter

• The nominal volumes can be distributed to

several vessels
(GG basic vessel and GF secondary vessel).

VA / m3

62
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment

Water Make-Up Systems &

Water Treatment Technology

Water Make-Up Systems

& Water Treatment

63
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment

Fillset
Fillset Compact
• Pre-fabricated assembly for direct connection of B
HVAC systems to water mains
• Prevents backflow of HVAC water into the water mains
• With German DVGW-approved BA-type backflow preventer
• Including wall bracket and isolation valves

Fillset Compact

Material Minimum Flow Volumetric Flow Inlet-Outlet Weight

Type Article No Width x Height
Water Make-Up Systems

Group Pressure Rate Kvs Connection kg

10 bar Fillset Compact 6811305 70 175 x 214 P0 + 1.3 bar 0.8 m3/h R 1/2 - R 1/2 0.9
& Water Treatment

60°C Fillset Compact M-Bus 9115630 70 285 x 214 P0 + 1.3 bar 0.8 m3/h R 1/2 - R 1/2 2.8

Fillset
• Pre-fabricated assembly for direct connection of B
HVAC systems to water mains
• Total quantity of make-up water is measured by a water meter
• Prevents backflow of HVAC water into the water mains
• With German DVGW-approved BA-type backflow preventer
• Including wall bracket and isolation valves
H

Fillset

Material Minimum Flow Volumetric Flow Inlet-Outlet Weight

Type Article No Width x Height
Group Pressure Rate Kvs Connection kg

10 bar Fillset with Standard Water Meter 6811105 70 293 x 230 P0 + 1.3 bar 0.8 m3/h R 1/2 - R 1/2 1.7
60°C Fillset Impuls 6811205 70 293 x 230 P0 + 1.3 bar 0.8 m3/h R 1/2 - R 1/2 1.7

Reflex Fillvalve
• For water make-up within systems which are equipped with B
compressor controlled pressurisation units
• Operates on 230 V output from pressurisation unit

Fillvalve

Material Minimum Flow Volumetric Flow Inlet-Outlet Weight

Type Article No Width x Height
10 bar Group Pressure Rate Kvs Connection kg
90°C Fillvalve 7858300 35 175 x 91 P0 + 1.3 bar* 1.5 m3/h G 3/4 - G 1/2 1.0
* In combination with Fillset

64
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment

Fillcontrol
Fillcontrol Plus Compact
• Compact, automatic water make-up device for B
systems with conventional expansion vessels
according to DIN 1988 and DIN EN 1717
• With system BA-type backflow preventer
• Monitored water make-up
• Dry contact (common fault)
• Input pressure max. 10 bar
• Flow rate ca. 0.5 m3/h at ∆p = 1.5 bar
H

Fillcontrol Plus Compact

Material Width x Height Minimum Flow Inlet-Outlet Weight

Water Make-Up Systems

Type Article No Outlet Pressure
Group x Depth Pressure Connection kg

10 bar Fillcontrol Plus Compact 6811500 79 304 x 240 x 91 P0 + 1.3 bar 0.5 - 5 bar R 1/2 - R 1/2 2.0

& Water Treatment

70°C Fillsoft External Pressure Sensor 9112004 78 90 x 70 x 35 - - G 1/2 - G 1/2 0.3

Fillcontrol Plus - Make-up Station Without Pump

• To monitor diaphragm expansion vessels and for the B
automatic water make-up of the set initial pressure
• Incl. wall bracket
• With Control Basic control unit
• RS 485 interface, connection of bus/extension modules possible
• Capacity monitoring of a Fillsoft water treatment system possible

Fillcontrol Plus

Material Width x Height Minimum Flow Volumetric Flow Volumetric Flow Inlet-Outlet Weight
Type Article No
Group x Depth Pressure Rate Kvs Rate Kvs Connection kg

10 bar Fillcontrol Plus 8812100 70 320 x 340 x 190 P0 + 1.3 bar* 0.7 m3/h* 1.4 m3/h G 3/4 - G 1/2 2.5
90°C Fillcontrol Plus Stainles Steel 8812200 70 320 x 340 x 190 P0 + 1.3 bar* 0.7 m3/h* 1.4 m3/h G 3/4 - G 1/2 2.5

* In combination with Fillset

65
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment

Fillcontrol Auto Compact - Water Make-up Station With Pump

• Fully automatic water make-up systems with integrated pump B
• Fillcontrol Auto Compact with integrated intermediate tank as a means of system separation
• Systems equipped with Control Basic for simple and clear operation
• RS 485 interface, connection of bus/extension modules possible
• Capacity monitoring of a Fillsoft water treatment system possible
• Including system separation in accordance with DIN 1988 and DIN EN 1717 with Fillcontrol Auto Compact

Fillcontrol Auto Compact

Material Width x Height Delivery Rate Min. Supply Rate Max. Supply Inlet-Outlet Weight
Type Article No
10 bar Group x Depth l/h l/h Pressure Connection kg
Water Make-Up Systems

30°C Fillcontrol Auto Compact 8688500 70 620 x 580 x 290 120 - 180 360 5.5 bar G 1/2 - DN 32 19.1
& Water Treatment

Fillcontrol Auto - Water Make-up Station With Pump

• Fully automatic water make-up systems with integrated pump
• Fillcontrol Auto for water make-up, e.g. from containers or conditioning systems
• Systems equipped with Control Basic for simple and clear operation
• RS 485 interface, connection of bus/extension modules possible
• Capacity monitoring of a Fillsoft water treatment system possible
• Fillcontrol Auto for applications suitable for max. 50 % anti-freeze
H

D
W

Fillcontrol Auto

Material Width x Height Delivery Rate Min. Supply Rate Max. Supply Inlet-Outlet Weight
Type Article No
10 bar Group x Depth l/h l/h Pressure Connection kg
110°C Fillcontrol Auto 8812300 70 690 x 470 x 440 4000 360 5.5 bar G 1 - G 1 1/4 25.0

Fillcontrol Auto P
A compact make up system with breaktank and ball valve.
Perfect in combination with Reflex Variomat
• 18 l breaktank
• WRAS approved ball valve and type AB air gap
• Low water alarm
• Single pump
H
• LED for status report
• Compatible with Reflex Control Touch
• Compatible with Fillmeter

W
D

Fillcontrol P

Material Height x Width x Weight Inlet/ outlet Voltage Current Power Max. operating Max. operating
Type Article No
Group Depth mm kg connection V A kW pressure bar temperature °C
Refex Fillcontrol P 8813100 70 589 x 487 x 320 28 1/2“ / 1/2“ 230/50 2.2 0.4 8 30

66
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment

G-vessel with Fillcontrol Plus Compact

Reflex G vessel Static vessel in combination with Fillcontrol
Page 12 Plus Compact Fillsoft. If the system pressure
drops below the setpoint, an appropriate
amount of water will be filled into the unit
from the water mains via the Fillcontrol Plus
Compact device.

It also includes a RPZ valve for protection

against backflow, providing protection against
the contamination of mains cold water supply
according to EN1717. By the Fillsoft device
the system water can be totally softened or
adjusted to the required level.

Water Make-Up Systems

& Water Treatment
External
Boiler/Chiller
Pressure Sensor
heating&
Article No: 9112004
cooling
Reflex Fillcontrol source
Plus Compact
Article No : 6811500

Reflex Fillsoft I
Article No : 6811600

G-vessel with Fillcontrol Auto Compact

Static vessel in combination with Fillset RPZ
Reflex G vessel
valve, Fillsoft II water softening device and
Fillcontrol Auto Compact. If the system pres-
sure drops below the setpoint, an appropriate
amount of water will be filled into the unit
from the water mains via the Fillcontrol Auto
Compact device. By the Fillsoft device the sys-
tem water can be totally softened or adjusted
to the required level.

The Fillset RPZ valve protects against backflow,

providing protection against the contamina-
tion of mains cold water supply according
to EN1717. By connecting the contact water
meter to the Fillcontrol Auto Compact control
unit the Fillmeter function is available.
Expansion line

Drain valve

Boiler/Chiller
heating&
cooling
source
Reflex Fillset
with contact
water meter

Reflex Fillcontrol
Auto Compact

Reflex Fillsoft II

67
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment

Fillcontrol
Fillcontrol Auto 2P
Automatic water make up unit used in conjunction with static
pressure expansion vessels.
• 18 l breaktank
• WRAS approved ball valve and type AB air gap
• 6 analogue outputs, 1 volt free contact default values:
- min pressure
- max pressure
- low water cut off
- pump failure H
- pressure level detection
- time out
• System pressure sensor
• Two line LCD Display
Water Make-Up Systems

W D
& Water Treatment

Fillcontrol Auto 2P

Material Height x Width x Weight Inlet/ outlet Voltage FLC Power Max. operating Max. operating
Type Article No
Group Depth mm kg connection V A kW pressure bar temperature °C
25 Fillcontrol Auto 2P 8813200 70 923 x 802 x 545 41 1/2“ / 1“ 230/50 Hz 2.62* 0.56* 2.5 90
50 Fillcontrol Auto 2P 8813400 70 1039 x 802 x 625 44 1/2“ / 1“ 230/50 Hz 3.22* 0.75* 4.5 90
* For each pump

68
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment

Fillcontrol Auto 2PS

Combined water make up unit which includes Servitec module
for automatic vacuum degassing. Commissioning by setting the
p0 of the static pressure vessels.
• 18 l breaktank
• WRAS approved ball valve and type AB air gap
• 6 analogue outputs,1 volt free contact default values:
- min pressure
- max pressure
- low water cut off H
- pump failure
- pressure level detection
- time out
• System pressure sensor
• Two line LCD Display
• System degassing

Water Make-Up Systems

W D

& Water Treatment

Fillcontrol Auto 2PS

Material Height x Width x Weight Inlet/ outlet Voltage FLC Power Max. operating Max. operating
Type Article No
Group Depth mm kg connection V A kW pressure bar temperature °C
25 Fillcontrol Auto 2PS 8813300 70 1039 x 802 x 625 46 1/2“ / 1“ 230/50 Hz 2.62* 0.56* 2.5 90
50 Fillcontrol Auto 2PS 8813500 70 1039 x 802 x 625 46 1/2“ / 1“ 230/50 Hz 3.22* 0.75* 4.5 90
* For each pump

69
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment

Fillsoft
Fillsoft l / ll Water Treatment Systems
This softening unit is available in two basic versions, depending on the
required capacity: Fillsoft I with one or Fillsoft II with two resin cartridges.

• Water softening device for initial filling and water make-up in heating systems
• Fillsoft I: Soft water capacity 6000 l x °dH
• Fillsoft II: Soft water capacity 12000 l x °dH
• Incl. shut-off with sample cock and segment connection*
• Fillset I incl. flow limiter

Fillsoft I Fillsoft II
The benefits of Fillsoft in detail:
• Well thought-out complete program for water softening
Water Make-Up Systems

• Simple installation, both as a stand-alone unit and also linked

to a Fillcontrol water make-up solution
& Water Treatment

• Durable, efficient heat transfer, as limescale build-up on

boiler surfaces is prevented
• Long-term protection of your system, as partial thermal
and mechanical overloading by lime scale build-up is avoided
• Maximum operational safety, as the system’s pH
remains stable even if incorrectly operated
Softening Deionisation • Ease of handling by simple cartridge replacement and
Cartridge Cartridge disposal of used cartridges with household waste

Material Height x Width Max. Continuous Inlet/outlet Max. operating Max. operating Weight
Type Article No Capacity
Group mm Flow l/h connection temperature °C pressure bar kg
Fillsoft I 9125660 78 600 x 260 1 pcs 360 Rp 1/2 - Rp 1/2 5 - 40 8.0 1.9
Fillsoft II 9125661 78 600 x 380 2 pcs 360 Rp 1/2 - Rp 1/2 5 - 40 8.0 3.6
Softening Cartridge 6811800 78 513 x 76 6000 lx°dH - - 5 - 40 8.0 1.5
Deionisation Cartridge 9125662 78 513 x 76 3000 lx°dH - - 5 - 40 8.0 1.5

Total Hardness Soft water capacity

[°dH] in case of full softening
6 1019 2037
8 760 1521
10 607 1213
12 505 1009
14
16
432
378
864
755
Fillsoft Quick Selection
18 335 671
20 302 603 °dH = 1.78 °F = 1.25 °E Limit for Tatal hardness {°dH}
depending on the specific unit colume VA in acc. VDI 2035 T1*
22 274 548
24 251 502 ≥ 20 l / kW and
Group Total capacity < 20 l / kW ≥ 50 l / kW
26 232 463 < 50 l / kW
28 215 430 1 < 50 kW ≤ 16.8 °dH** ≤ 11.2 °dH < 0.11 °dH
30 201 401
32 188 376 2 50-200 kW ≤ 11.2 °dH ≤ 8.4 °dH < 0.11 °dH
34 177 354 3 200-600 kW ≤ 8.4 °dH ≤ 0.11 °dH < 0.11 °dH
36 167 334
4 > 600 kW ≤ 0.11 °dH ≤ 0.11 °dH < 0.11 °dH
38 158 317
40 150 301
* Spec. unit volume VA [l/kW] = unit volume / smallest single heating capatity
Type Fillsoft l Fillsoft ll ** in case of circulating water heater and systems elec. heating element

Accessories

Softmix - Only with softening External pressure sensor Fillmeter Total hardness testing kit Fillguard Mini
Article No : 9119219 Article No : 9112004 Article No : 9119193 Article No : 6811900 Conductivity Sensor
Material Group : 78 Material Group : 86 Material Group : 78 Material Group : 86 Article No : 9125762
Material Group : 78
70
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment

Theoretical principles
Fillsoft water treatment system for make-up water
Continuously increasing heating surface loads are demanded on modern Reflex recommends to install Fillsoft in every water make-up system as it
boilers. This increases the risk of deposits of calcium in particular. These de- significantly contributes to facility reliability at little expense. The core of
posits may reduce the capacity and may ultimately cause boiler destruction. Fillsoft is a pillar with a replaceable cartridge containing ions in synthetic
When aluminium is used as material, the water should be desalinated as the resin beads. This pillar is equipped with connections for fresh water and
potential for corrosion is higher with untreated water. To prevent corrosion, filling or make-up water.
Reflex offers Fillsoft, a programme designed for treating filling and make-up A shut-off ball valve with test valve at the water make-up side completes
water as required by the standards. the structure.

Softening Fillsoft in every water make-up system

The softening process follows the principle of cation replacement. Hard Deionisation
fresh water is transported through the exchanger pillar. The magnesium and Deionisation uses the principle of ion exchange of cations and anions.
calcium ion hardening constituents are exchanged with the sodium ions of Fillsoft Zero offers the option to de-mineralise filling and make-up water.
the resin All minerals are absorbed through the cartridge. The cartridge capacity
beads, which process softens the water. The cartridge must be replaced decreases and must be replaced when conductivity and the ion number
when the sodium ion capacity is exhausted. Reflex recommends to install increases.

Water Make-Up Systems

softened deionised
mains water make-up water mains water make-up water

& Water Treatment

Simple capacity monitoring for “Fillsoft Zero”
Fillguard Mini is a conductivity measuring cell for the capacity monitoring The three-level LED display sends out a signal once the ion exchanger is
of “Fillsoft Zero” deionisation. It is easily and quickly installed at the Fillsoft depleted. Thus it is guaranteed that only desalinated water flows into the
Zero cartridge head. An additional adapter is not required. heating system. Fillguard Mini is only suited for “Fillsoft Zero” deionisation.

Combination Options: Fillsoft Zero + Fillmeter

Fillsoft Zero + Fillguard Mini
Fillsoft Zero + Fillmeter + Fillguard Mini

Conductivity in relation to the Fillsoft Zero capacity

Fillguard Mini
120

100

Fillmeter 80
Conductivity [µs/cm]

60

10 –
40

20

Fillsoft Zero 0
0% 20 % 40 % 60 % 80 %1 00 %

Percentage capacity Fillguard Mini

71
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment

Manual Make-up
Make-up can be achieved manually but this means higher personnel costs and can only be
realised for smaller systems.
Water Make-Up Systems
& Water Treatment

72
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment

Automatic Make-up Systems

Make-up can be achieved automatic but this means lower personnel costs and can only be
realised for middle size systems.

Water Make-Up Systems

& Water Treatment

73
 Water Make-Up Systems & Water Treatment

Automatic Make-up Systems

Make-up can be achieved automatic but this means lower personnel costs and can only be
realised for large size systems.
Water Make-Up Systems
& Water Treatment

74
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec
Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

75
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Reflex Control

NEW!
Control Basic Control Touch Control Remote

• 2-line LCD display • 4.3” touch screen colour display • Remote control via secure server
• 8 control keys • Graphic user interface • System monitoring via PC or mobile device
• 2 status LED Integrated control of system • Simply structured plain text menus at any time and everywhere
pressure, deaeration and water make-up including operating instructions • (Professional) remote servicing by Reflex
• Manual and automatic operation and help texts Customer Service
• Common fault output signal • Integrated control of system pressure, • Reflex Remote Portal with intuitive
• Input, for contact water meter deaeration and water make-up user interface
• RS-485 interface • Manual and automatic operation • Simple management of multiple
• Permanent display of the most installations
important operating parameters in the • Visualisation of all parameters
system diagram • Diagrams for run-time monitoring
• Intelligent Plug & Play operational • Alarm messages via e-mail or messaging
management • User-provided Internet or GSM connection
• Evaluation and storage of the most • Factory-installed or retrofitting,
important operational data independent of Touch or Basic
• Extensive interfaces:
→ Input, for contact water meter
→ 2 x dry contact outputs for error
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

messages
→ 2 x analogue outputs for pressure
and vessel content
→ 2 x RS-485 interfaces
→ Plugs for Bluetooth module and
HMS networks, as well as SD card

76
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec
Patented Technology for Optimum Degassing

The dipstick-tube
degassing
allows gases to escape and is
hermetically sealed

The vacuum spray tube

The height and diameter are
coordinated so that atomization
of the water is guaranteed in a
large free vacuum immediately
after the start of the degassing
cycle
Circuit water rich in gas G 3/4

Patented valve switch for

Circuit water low in gas G 1

fully automatic hydraulic

balancing
Make-up water

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
Control
Degassing cycles run on an
optimized timer program
or are ideally controlled
according to the gas content of
the water

Hydraulics
The control’s integrated plug &
play operational management
automatically coordinates the
hydraulics with the regulating
ball valves with the pressure
conditions in the system

77
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec in Magcontrol and Levelcontrol Mode

Reflex Servitec in magcontrol mode combined with expansion vessel system
PIS
Water
Make-up Filling - Make-Up,
Reflex Fillset Pressure-Dependent-
Magcontrol
The pressure is shown in the
Servitec
display Excess and insufficient
pressure levels are signaled
Air Discharge ≥ 500
Automatic, controlled make-up
in the event that the system fails
to reach the filling pressure of
0.2 bar Servitec degassing of the
Reflex G make-up and filling water
Expansion
Vessel

PIS
Boiler/Chiller
heating&
cooling source
LSL TIME Max. 70 ºC
TIME
Discharge
valve Degassing
Vacuum degassing of a part flow
Control of the circuit water takes place
Unit according to an optimized
schedule using a selectable
degassing mode.
• Continuous degassing
(after start-up)
• Interval degassing
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

(automatically activated after

Reflex Servitec in levelcontrol mode for systems with compressor continuous degassing)
controlled pressure maintaining station

Water
Make-up
Reflex Fillset

Servitec LIS

≥ 500
Air Discharge Water Make-up,
Level-Dependent
Levelcontrol
RG primary vessel
Automatic, controlled water
RS control unit
make-up if the minimum water
level is not reached in the expan-
sion vessel of the compressor
Solenoid

PIS PIS
controlled pressure - maintaining
valve

station Servitec degassing of the

Compressor

make-up water
LSL TIME
Max. 70 ºC

LIS
Control
Flex duct
Unit

Discharge valve

78
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec Working Principle

Vacuum generation
The pumps cuts in, the water level
1 Degassing start
The pump shuts down. Water is
2
drops and a vacuum is generated in 0
-1 sprayed until the vacuum spray tube 0
-1

the vacuum spray tube.

bar bar

is completely filled.

The circuit water (optionally make-up

water) is atomised in the generated
vacuum releasing the dissolved gases
due to the vacuum and the large
contact surface.

M M

M M

3 4
Degassing
0
Idling time 0

Separation Technology
-1 -1

Deaeration Systems &

bar bar

All released gases are reliably System pressure has built up in the
precipitated via the automatic fan. spray tube. The system water within
the tube is nearly gas-free and will
be returned to the network in the
following cycle.

M M

M M

Video clips demonstrating the function of this and other products are available under
www.reflex.de/services/fachwissen-und-beitraege/videothek/

79
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec 30
• Deaeration with intergrated water make-up systems used in conjunction
with diaphragm expansion vessels or pressurisation systems
• Ideally suited for offices and commercial buildings
• Flexible adjustment of the Servitec Magcontrol or Levelcontrol
operating modes
• Central deaeration of the water in the system and make-up water
• Max. operating pressure: 8 bar
• Max. operating temperature: 70°C
• Microprocessor controller with plain text display for pressure H
• Floating contact for common message
• Simple commissioning with auto setup
• Patented, fully automatic overflow regulation
• Safe control (water make-up using the actuator valve)
• Water make-up is possible from a storage tank (on site)

Servitec 30
Wall mounted
D
W

Control Basic Material System Volume Working Pressure Make-up Rate HxWxD Power Voltage Weight
Type
Article No Group Vs (m3), 70°C (bar) 70°C (m3/h) mm W V kg
70°C
30 8830720 71 ≤ 12* 0.5 - 3.0 ≤ 0.025 660 x 545 x 290 470 W/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 13.0
* Max. facility volumes for system degassing / max. water make-up quantities must be taken into account for the specific facility.

1. Controller
2. Venting grille
3. Dirt trap WC
4. Airvent
5. 3 way motor ball valve DC 1
6. Pressure trans ducer
Separation Technology

7. Vacum degassing pump

Deaeration Systems &

8. Removable front shell

DC 2
WC : Make-up connection
DC : Degassing connection
• DC 1 Gas-rich water inlet
• DC 2 Degassed water outlet

NEW!

Servitec Mini
• Vacuum spray-tube degassing for one-and two-family houses
• Potential energy saving up to 10.6 percent
• Compact and easy to install in existing and new systems
• Cost effective, with short-term payback period
• Max. efficiency compact, economical and climate-friendly
• Max. operating pressure: 4 bar
• Max. operating temperature: 60°C
• Simple commissioning H

W D

Control Led Material System Volume Working Pressure Make-up Rate HxWxD Power Voltage Weight
Type
Article No Group Vs (m3) (bar) (m3/h) mm W V kg
60°C
Mini 8835800 71 ≤1 0.5 - 2.5 ≤ 0.025 420 x 295 x 220 60 W/ 0.3 A 230 V / 50 Hz 5.6

80
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec 35 - 120
• Vacuum spray-tube deaeration with intergrated water make-up systems used in
conjunction with diaphragm expansion vessels or pressurisation systems
• Ideally suited for high-rise buildings and district heating / cooling systems
• Flexible adjustment of the Servitec Magcontrol or Levelcontrol operating modes
• Central deaeration of the water in the system and make-up water
• Max. operating pressure:
8 bar - type 25, 35, 60
10 bar - type 75, 95, 120
• Max. flow temperature: 120°C
• Microprocessor controller with plain text display for pressure
• Floating contact for common message
• Simple commissioning with auto setup
• Patented, fully automatic overflow regulation H
• Safe control (water make-up using the actuator valve)
• Water make-up is possible from a storage tank (on site)
• Control Touch from Servitec 120

D
W

Servitec 35-95
Floor standing

Material System Volume Working Pressure Make-up Rate HxWxD Power Voltage Weight
Type Article No
Group Vs (m3) (bar) (m3/h) mm kW V kg

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
Permissible maximum operating temperature: 70°C with Control Basic
35 8829000 71 ≤ 220 0.5 - 2.5 ≤ 0.35 1.030 x 620 x 440 0.7 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 42.0
70°C 60 8829100 71 ≤ 220 0.5 - 4.5 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 685 x 440 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 40.0
75 8829200 71 ≤ 220 0.5 - 5.4 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 39.0
95 8829300 71 ≤ 220 0.5 - 7.2 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 40.0

Permissible maximum operating temperature: 70°C with Control Touch

35 8827000 71 ≤ 220 0.5 - 2.5 ≤ 0.35 1.030 x 620 x 440 0.7 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 30.0
70°C 60 8827100 71 ≤ 220 0.5 - 4.5 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 685 x 440 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 36.0
75 8827200 71 ≤ 220 0.5 - 5.4 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 41.0
95 8827300 71 ≤ 220 0.5 - 7.2 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 42.0
Magcontrol 120 8827400 71 ≤ 220 1.3 - 9.0 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.5 kW/ 10 A 400 V / 50 Hz 43.0
Levelcontrol 120 8827500 71 ≤ 220 1.3 - 9.0 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.5 kW/ 10 A 400 V / 50 Hz 43.0

Permissible maximum operating temperature: 90°C with Control Touch

60 8825200 71 ≤ 220 1.3 - 4.0 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 685 x 440 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 40.0
90°C 75 8825300 71 ≤ 220 1.3 - 4.9 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 39.0
95 8825400 71 ≤ 220 1.3 - 6.7 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 40.0
Magcontrol 120 8825500 71 ≤ 220 1.3 - 9.0 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.5 kW/ 10 A 400 V / 50 Hz 43.0
Levelcontrol 120 8825600 71 ≤ 220 1.3 - 9.0 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.5 kW/ 10 A 400 V / 50 Hz 43.0

Permissible maximum operating temperature: 70°C, suitable for glycol with Control Basic
70°C 60 GL 8828100 71 ≤ 50 0.5 - 4.5 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 685 x 440 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 40.0
GL 75 GL 8828200 71 ≤ 50 1.3 - 4.9 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 39.0
95 GL 8828300 71 ≤ 50 1.3 - 6.7 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 49.0

Permissible maximum operating temperature: 70°C, suitable for glycol with Control Touch
70°C 60 GL 8827150 71 ≤ 50 0.5 - 4.5 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 685 x 440 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 36.0
GL 75 GL 8827250 71 ≤ 50 1.3 - 4.9 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 41.0
95 GL 8827350 71 ≤ 50 1.3 - 6.7 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.1 kW/ 10 A 230 V / 50 Hz 42.0
Magcontrol 120 GL 8828400 71 ≤ 50 1.3 - 8.3 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.5 kW/ 10 A 400 V / 50 Hz 43.0
Levelcontrol 120 GL 8828500 71 ≤ 50 1.3 - 8.3 ≤ 0.55 1.215 x 600 x 525 1.5 kW/ 10 A 400 V / 50 Hz 43.0

Special designs upon request: System volume > 220 m³ and operating pressure > 9.0 bar (see page 54, Variomat)
Magcontrol: For systems with diaphragm-type expansion vessels.
Levelcontrol: For systems with pressurisation systems

81
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

BMS Modules
Weight
Type Article No Material Group
kg
LonWorks Digital 8860000 86 1.5
LonWorks 8860100 86 1.9
Profi bus-DP 8860200 86 1.9
Ethernet 8860300 86 1.9
BACnet-IP for Control Touch 8860500 86 0.4
BACnet MS/TP for Control Touch 8860600 86 0.4
Modbus RTU for Control Touch 9125592 86 0.4
Profibus RTU for Control Touch 9118042 86 0.4
I/O Modules 8860400 71 1.0
BACnet MS/TP BACnet-IP

Control Remote
Remote monitoring, diagnostics and at last remote-control
maintenance are becoming increasingly important for the
supervision of supply grid systems. For the responsible
on-site operator, it is more and more difficult to find qualified
support staff. Long distances to sites frequently prevent quick
and continuous control.

Material Length Width Weight

Type Article No Height
Group mm mm kg
Control 8910800 86 83 60 34 0.3
Remote
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Optional: Servitec for Large Scale Systems

• Special systems are constructed to match your
particular specifications even
for systems above 10.000 m3 with working
pressure above 9 bar.
• Also, for systems with permissible operating
temparature up to 90°C
• Take advantage of our combined expertise
and experience:
Consult your Reflex Local representative or visit
www.reflex.de/pro for further information.

Tailor made Servitec unit Tailor made Servitec unit

82 (front view) (rear view)
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Servitec 30 With Reflex G Vessel and Water Make-up

Static vessel in combination with Servitec
Reflex Fillsoft I 30 and Fillset RPZ valve. If the water level
Article No : 6811600
in the vessel drops to a critical level, an
≥ 500 appropriate amount of water will be filled
Reflex fillset into the unit from the water mains via the
Article No : 6811205 Servitec device.

By connecting the Servitec device in

Servitec 30 Magcontrol mode make-up water is
Article No : 8830720
de-aerated before going into the system.
The Fillset RPZ valve protects against
backflow, providing protection against the
contamination of mains cold water supply
according to EN1717.

This combination can also be used for

Reflex G vessel applications where the water supply comes
from an adjacent container, as the Servitec
device is self priming.

In cooling application systems : Servitec

deaeration unit needs to be placed into the
Expansion line Boiler/Chiller flow before the system circulation pump.
heating&
cooling source
AG connection set

Servitec 30 With Reflex G Vessel and Water Make-up

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
Reflexomat unit in combination with
Servitec, Fillsoft II water softening device
and Fillset RPZ valve. If the water level
in the vessel drops to a critical level, an
Reflex fillset appropriate amount of water will be filled
Article No : 6811205 ≥ 500 through the Servitec from the water mains.
By the Fillsoft device the system water
can be totally softened or adjusted to the
required level by Servitec.
Reflex Fillsoft II
Article No : 6811700
The Fillset RPZ valve protects against
backflow, providing protection against the
contamination of mains cold water supply
Servitec 60
according to EN1717. By connecting the
Article No : 8829100 contact water meter to the Variomat
control unit the Fillmeter function is
available.

Reflexomat In cooling application systems : Servitec

Pressurisation Unit
deaeration unit needs to be placed into the
flow before the system circulation pump.

Expansion line
Boiler/Chiller
heating&
Discharge cooling source
valve

83
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Comparison of Different Deaeration Systems

Besides conventional thermal degassing in the hot water range > 110 °C, essentially three processes have been established in the field of
heating, solar and cooling water systems, which are provided by Reflex for different applications:

• Vacuum degassing system: Servitec vacuum spray tube degassing

• Atmospheric degassing system: integrated in Variomat pressurisation stations
• Micro-bubble separator: Exvoid or Extwin as micro-bubble dirt separator

The physically and technically achievable nitrogen content in the system water as a function of the pressure conditions at the installation site
will be presented to demonstrate the efficiency of various degassing systems. Nitrogen therefore serves as “measurement gas” because
it is not consumed in secondary reactions and the measurement result thus remains authentic.
Achievable nitrogen concentration after thedeaeration in mg/l
free bubbles in the water

rs
perato
Air se
rs/
ato
seper
ble
bub
M icro

Critical concentrarion system high points at 0,5 bar 70°C

Atmospheric dearator
bubble-free
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Vacuum dearator

Pressure at the place of installation of the dearation device in bar

Mechanical air separators Exvoid / Extwin

operate most efficiently if installed at the absolute high points.

Atmospheric degassing systems Variomat

can prevent free gas bubbles in the circulation water. They are best suited as central degassing installations, but not for specific oxygen separation.
Erosion as a result of two phase flow can be prevented to a large extent.

Vacuum degassing systems Servitec

can regulate the overall gas balance at almost zero. They control both corrosion (reactive gases) and erosion (inert gases). High levels of separation
can be achieved with dynamic vacuum degassing systems.

84
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

85
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Brass Steel

Welded Flanged
Horizontal Vertical Connection Connection

Automatic
Air Vent

T 3/8” - 1/2”
110°C/180°C
Exvoid

Micro Bubble
Air Separator

A22-1 1/2” A22-2” V A60.3-A329.9 A50-A600

110°C/180°C 110°C/180°C

Dirt and Sludge

Separator

D22-2” D22-1” V D60.3-D329.9 D50-D600

110°C 110°C
Exdirt

Dirt and Sludge

Separation Technology

Separator With
Deaeration Systems &

Optional Magnet
Insert

D22-2” M D22-1” V-M D60.3-D329.9 D50-D600

110°C 110°C

Combined
Micro Bubble
Dirt and Sludge
Separator

TW22-1” TW22 V TW60.3-TW329.9 TW50-TW600

110°C 110°C
Extwin

Combined
Micro Bubble
Dirt and Sludge
Separator With
Optional Magnet
Insert

TW22-1” M TW22 V-M TW60.3-TW329.9 TW50-TW600

110°C 110°C

86
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exvoid T
Exvoid T Exvoid T
Non-leak, non-shut-off
deaeration valve

Air chamber with special design:

floating impurities do not reach the
deaeration valve; high air chamber volume
to counteract pressure fluctuations

Solid construction for an

extra-long service life

Exvoid T

Overview
• Brass casing Exvoit T Function
Diagram Boiler
• Multiple testing procedure on the deaeration valve
• Vertical installation
• Rp 1/2 system connection and a G 1/2 connection thread on the deaeration valve
• Application limits 110 / 180°C and 10 bar Exvoid T system air venting sketch

Exvoid T Automatic Air Vent

Fields of application
The automatic air vent in the reflex Exvoid T series is an ongoing and effective way of removing air and
other gases from heating, solar, and cooling systems, including under constant operating conditions, in
filling processes after having emptied the system, and in new installations. The vents are applied at high
points within the system or at specially identified collection points

Mode of operation

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
In order to ensure ongoing safe and automatic operation, Reflex Exvoid T automatic air vents follow a
sound engineering design formula: Gases collect in a generously sized chamber. This causes the water
level in the chamber to drop and a float to fall, which opens the deaeration valve once it reaches a certain
depth. The combination of a multiple-tested valve and a generously sized air chamber ensures flawless
operation, even in extreme pressure fluctuations

T, brass
• 110°C 10 bar
Weight
Type Article No Material Group Connection Ø (mm) H (mm)
kg H
Exvoid T 1/2 9250000 0.7 82 G 1/2 female 63 120
Exvoid T 3/8 9250038 0.7 82 G 3/8 male 63 132

T Solar, brass
• 180°C 10 bar
Weight
Type Article No Material Group Connection Ø (mm) H (mm) H
kg
Exvoid T 1 /2 S 9250600 0.7 82 G 1/2 female 63 120
Exvoid T 3 / 8 S 9250038 0.7 82 G 3/8 male 63 132

Benefits in brief
• Reliable, automatic deaeration
• Reduces flow noise, circulation problems, drop in performance and helps to avoid corrosion damage
• Optimum function reliability, even in tough conditions
• Reduces maintenance requirements
• Suitable for a variety of temperatures and applications

87
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exvoid
The core element is a tube Non-leak, non-shut-off Reflex
mesh construction that has deaeration valve Exvoid
proven itself over the decades,
with an extremely low rate of Boiler
pressure loss in the flow Air chamber with special design:
direction and a high rate of its large volume means that driving
pressure loss in the transverse impurities do not reach the deaeration valve.
direction. This drastically The large distance between the water surface
reduces the amount of and the valve ensures flawless operation, even
turbulence and guides the in high pressure fluctuations
gas bubbles to a
part-stabilized area

Volumetric flow: Several connections are available

1.25 - 8 m3/h from A22 to 2”

Exiso thermal insulation: Exvoid “brass” system deaeration sketch

A22 - 2”

Exvoid (Brass) Micro Bubble Air Separator

Brass, 110°C 10 bar
• Horizontal
Weight Material V max L Ø H
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm
A 22 9251000 1.1 82 22 mm1) 1.25 106 63 165 Ø
A 3/4 9251010 1.0 82 G 3/4 1.25 85 63 165
H
A1 9251020 1.1 82 G1 2.00 88 63 180
A1 1/4 9251030 1.3 82 G 1 1/4 3.70 88 63 202
A1 1/2 9251040 1.5 82 G 1 1/2 5.00 88 63 236
A2 9251050 3.2 82 G2 8.00 132 100 277
L
1) Clamp ring
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Brass, 110°C 10 bar

• Vertical
Ø
Weight Material V max L Ø H
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm
H
A 22 9251500 1.1 82 22 mm1) 1.25 106 63 165
A 3/4 9251510 1.0 82 G 3/4 1.25 85 63 165 L
A1 9251520 1.1 82 G1 2.00 88 63 180
1) Clamp ring

Brass, 180°C 10 bar

• For solar systems
Weight Material V max L Ø H
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm Ø
A 22 S 9251600 1.2 82 22 mm1) 1.25 106 63 165
A 3/4 S 9251610 1.1 82 G 3/4 1.25 85 63 165 H
A1S 9251620 1.2 82 G1 2.00 88 63 185
A 1 1/4 S 9251630 1.4 82 G 1 1/4 3.70 88 63 202
A 1 1/2 S 9251640 1.6 82 G 1 1/2 5.00 88 63 236
1) Clamp ring L

Brass, 180°C 10 bar

• For solar systems
Ø
Weight Material V max L Ø H
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm
A 22 SV 9251700 1.8 82 22 mm1) 1.25 104 63 220 H

A 3/4 SV 9251710 1.7 82 G 3/4 1.25 84 63 206

L
A 1 SV 9251720 1.7 82 G1 2.00 84 63 206
1) Clamp ring

88
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exvoid Integrated Exvoid T

automatic air vent Reflex
Exvoid

Because micro-bubbles are carried

along by the flow, special measures are
required in order to remove them from
the system efficiently. The casings of Boiler
Reflex Exvoid micro-bubble separators
have a larger cross-section than the
connection dimensions, which reduces
the flow speed in the separator. At the
same time, the volume flow is guided by
a special wire mesh. The ensuing turbu-
lence causes gas bubbles to move in an
undetermined direction. Depending on
the volume flow, density, and volume of
the particles, parts of these gas bubbles
are supported in their natural breakaway
motion and removed from the system via
the deaeration top section Exvoid Function
Several connections Diagram
Overview are available from
• Connection: DN 50 - DN 600 DN 50 to DN 600
• Volumetric flow: 12.5 - 1530 m3/h
• Exiso thermal insulation: DN 50 - DN 150

Exvoid (Steel) Micro Bubble Air Separator

Steel, 110°C 10 bar
• Welded connection
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
A 60.3 8251100 5 83 60.3 12.5 260 132 6251) 153
A 76.1 8251110 5 83 76.1 20.0 260 132 6251) 163
A 88.9 8251120 11 83 88.9 27.0 370 206 7401) 159 H
A 114.3 8251130 11 83 114.3 47.0 370 206 7401) 169
A 139.7 8251140 24 83 139.7 72.0 525 354 9151) 214
A 168.3 8251150 26 83 168.3 108.0 525 354 9151) 229
HB
A 219.1 8251160 70 83 219.1 180.0 650 409 1125 284

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
A 273.0 8251170 108 83 273.0 288.0 750 480 1402 351
Ø
A 323.9 8251180 150 83 323.9 405.0 850 634 1612 406
L
1) Thermal insulation available Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

Steel, 110°C 10 bar

• Flange connection
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
A 50 8251300 11 83 DN 50/PN 16 12.5 350 132 6251) 153
A 65 8251310 12 83 DN 65/PN 16 20.0 350 132 6251) 163
A 80 8251320 18 83 DN 80/PN 16 27.0 470 206 7401) 159
A 100 8251330 21 83 DN 100/PN 16 47.0 470 206 7401) 169
A 125 8251340 60 83 DN 125/PN 16 72.0 635 354 9151) 214
H
A 150 8251350 64 83 DN 150/PN 16 108.0 635 354 9151) 229
A 200 8251360 90 83 DN 200/PN 16 180.0 775 409 1125 284
A 250 8251370 146 83 DN 250/PN 16 288.0 890 480 1402 351
A 300 8251380 194 83 DN 300/PN 16 405.0 1005 634 1612 406 HB
A 350 8251910 Upon request 83 DN 350/PN 16 500.0 1128 634 1950 501
A 400 8251920 Upon request 83 DN 400/PN 16 650.0 1226 750 2150 580 Ø
A 450 8251940 Upon request 83 DN 450/PN 16 850.0 1330 750 2360 609 L
A 500 8251950 Upon request 83 DN 500/PN 16 1060.0 1430 1000 2580 671
A 600 8251960 Upon request 83 DN 600/PN 16 1530.0 1630 1200 3020 832
1) Thermal insulation available Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

Benefits in brief
• Removes free circulating air and gas bubbles
• Robust heavy gauge steel construction
• Functions in fully automated, continuous operation
• Produces just a minimal, constant drop in pressure
• Enables much faster hydraulic balancing after filling processes
• Prevents development of noise, wear through corrosion, and loss in performance through the formation of larger air bubbles
• Full range in terms of operating pressures, temperatures, and materials
89
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exvoid HC
Integrated Exvoid T
Because micro-bubbles are carried along by automatic air vent
the flow, special measures are required in order
to remove them from the system efficiently.
The casings of Reflex Exvoid HC micro-bubble
Fan coil
separators have a larger cross-section than the
connection dimensions, which reduces the flow
speed in the separator. At the same time, the
volume flow is guided by a special wire mesh.
The ensuing turbulence causes gas bubbles to Chiller
Higher body to
move in an undetermined direction. Depending
ensure high Reflex
on the volume flow, density, and volume of the
performance Exvoid
particles, parts of these gas bubbles are
deaeration
supported in their natural breakaway motion
and removed from the system via the Several connections
deaeration top section are available from
DN 50 to DN 600

Exvoid “steel” HiCap system deaeration sketch

Overview Optional sludge

• Connection: DN 50 - DN 600 drain connection
• Volumetric flow: 25 - 3000 m3/h

Exvoid HiCap (Steel) Micro Bubble Air Separator

Steel, 110°C 10 bar
• Welded connection
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
A 60.3 HC 8251105 5 83 60.3 25.0 260 132 810 153
A 76.1 HC 8251115 5 83 76.1 40.0 260 132 810 163
A 88.9 HC 8251125 11 83 88.9 54.0 370 206 965 159
A 114.3 HC 8251135 11 83 114.3 94.0 370 206 965 169 H
A 139.7 HC 8251145 24 83 139.7 144.0 525 354 1225 214
A 168.3 HC 8251155 26 83 168.3 215.0 525 354 1225 229
A 219.1 HC 8251165 70 83 219.1 360.0 650 409 1495 284
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

A 273.0 HC 8251175 108 83 273.0 575.0 750 480 1609 351

A 323.9 HC 8251185 150 83 323.9 810.0 850 634 2225 406 HB

Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

Ø
L

Steel, 110°C 10 bar

• Flange connection
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
A 50 HC 8251305 11 83 DN 50/PN 16 25.0 350 132 810 153
A 65 HC 8251315 12 83 DN 65/PN 16 40.0 350 132 810 163
A 80 HC 8251325 18 83 DN 80/PN 16 54.0 470 206 965 159
A 100 HC 8251335 21 83 DN 100/PN 16 94.0 470 206 965 169
A 125 HC 8251345 60 83 DN 125/PN 16 144.0 635 354 1225 214
A 150 HC 8251355 64 83 DN 150/PN 16 215.0 635 354 1225 229 H
A 200 HC 8251365 90 83 DN 200/PN 16 360.0 775 409 1495 284
A 250 HC 8251375 146 83 DN 250/PN 16 575.0 890 480 1609 351
A 300 HC 8251385 194 83 DN 300/PN 16 810.0 1005 634 2225 406
A 350 HC 8251915 Upon request 83 DN 350/PN 16 1000.0 1128 634 2460 501
HB
A 400 HC 8251925 Upon request 83 DN 400/PN 16 1300.0 1226 750 2740 580
A 450 HC 8251945 Upon request 83 DN 450/PN 16 1700.0 1330 750 3030 609
Ø
A 500 HC 8251955 Upon request 83 DN 500/PN 16 2120.0 1430 1000 3310 671
L
A 600 HC 8251965 Upon request 83 DN 600/PN 16 3000.0 1630 1200 3160 832
Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

Benefits in brief
• Removes free circulating air and gas bubbles
• Functions in fully automated, continuous operation
• Produces just a minimal, constant drop in pressure
• Enables much faster hydraulic balancing after filling processes
• Prevents development of noise, wear through corrosion, and loss in performance through the formation of larger air bubbles
• Full range in terms of operating pressures, temperatures, and materials
• Specially designed for bigger systems with longer heights and higher volumetric flow

90
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exdirt
The core element is a
tube mesh construction Several connections are
that has proven itself available from A22 to 2”
over the decades, with Boiler
an extremely low rate Through flow is not
of pressure loss in the impeded by sludge
fl ow direction and a
high rate of pressure Space-saving, perpendicular draining Reflex
loss in the transverse tap. The collected sludge is quickly and Exdirt
direction. This drastically forcefully pressed out when the tap is
reduces the amount of opened so that it can be closed again
turbulence and guides right away. The entire process takes
the sludge particles to a just a few seconds
part-stabilized area

Volumetric flow: The capacity to capture large amounts

1.25 - 8 m3/h of sludge results in longer intervals
before cleaning becomes necessary
Exiso thermal insulation: Magnetic insert
DN 20 - DN 40 and 2” Suitable for-M models
Exdirt “brass” system dirt and sludge
seperation sketch

Exdirt (Brass) Dirt and Sludge Separator

Brass, 110°C 10 bar
• Horizontal
L
Material V max L ØD H
Type Article No Weight kg Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm
D 22 9252000 1.0 82 22 mm1) 1.25 85 63 1032)
D 3/4 9252010 0.9 82 G 3/4 1.25 85 63 1032) H Ø
D1 9252020 1.0 82 G1 2.00 88 63 1202)
D 1 1/4 9252030 1.2 82 G 1 1/4 3.70 88 63 1402)
D 1 1/2 9252040 1.3 82 G 1 1/2 5.00 88 63 1742)
D2 9252050 3.1 82 G2 8.00 132 100 215

Brass, 110°C 10 bar

• Vertical

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
Material V max L ØD H
Type Article No Weight kg Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm
L
D 22 V 9252500 1.5 82 22 mm1) 1.25 84 63 1442)
H
D 3/4 V 9252510 1.4 82 G 3/4 1.25 84 63 1442) Ø
D1V 9252520 1.5 82 G1 1.25 84 63 1442)

Exdirt (Brass) Dirt and Sludge Separator - with magnetic insert

Brass, 110°C 10 bar L
• Horizontal M with magnetic insert
Material V max L ØD H
Type Article No Weight kg Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm H
Ø
D 22 M 9256000 1.1 82 22 mm1) 1.25 85 63 1032)
D 3/4 M 9256010 1.0 82 G 3/4 1.25 85 63 1032)
D1M 9256020 1.1 82 G1 2.00 88 63 1202)
D 1 1/4 M 9256030 1.3 82 G 1 1/4 3.70 88 63 1402)
D 1 1/2 M 9256040 1.4 82 G 1 1/2 5.00 88 63 1742) Magnetic
D2M 9256050 3.3 82 G2 8.00 132 100 215 insert

Brass, 110°C 10 bar

• Vertical M with magnetic insert
Material V max L ØD H L
Type Article No Weight kg Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm H
D 22 V-M 9256500 1.6 82 22 mm1) 1.25 84 63 1442) Ø

D 3/4 V-M 9256510 1.5 82 G 3/4 1.25 84 63 1442)

D 1 V-M 9256520 1.6 82 G1 1.25 84 63 1442)

Magnetic
1) Clamping ring insert
2) Thermal insulation available

91
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exdirt
The sludge/dirt separation in the
Reflex Exdirt works on a similar Several connections
principle to micro-bubble separation: are available from
The flow is guided through an area DN 50 - DN 600
with a greater cross-section than the
connection dimensions in order to Through flow is not
reduce the flow speed. The ensuing impeded by sludge
turbulence caused by the tube mesh
causes heavy materials to move in an
undetermined direction. Depending on
the volume flow, density, and volume,
parts of these sludge particles are The capacity to capture large
supported in their natural breakaway amounts of sludge results in
motion and guided to the bottom longer intervals before
section of the casing cleaning becomes necessary

Magnetic insert:
Magnetic removal can be
Overview boosted by insertion of
• Connection: DN 50 - DN 600 Exferro high performance Exdirt Function
• Volumetric flow: 12.5 - 1530 m3/h magnets Diagram
• Exiso thermal insulation: DN 50 - DN 150

Exdirt (Steel) Dirt and Sludge Separator

Steel, 110°C 10 bar
• Welded connection
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
D 60.3 8252100 5 83 60.3 12.5 260 132 5211) 370
D 76.1 8252110 5 83 76.1 20.0 260 132 5211) 370
H
D 88.9 8252120 11 83 88.9 27.0 370 206 6361) 370
D 114.3 8252130 11 83 114.3 47.0 370 206 6361) 370
D 139.7 8252140 24 83 139.7 72.0 525 354 8111) 430
D 168.3 8252150 26 83 168.3 108.0 525 354 8111) 430
D 219.1 8252160 90 83 219.1 180.0 650 409 1021 430
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

D 273.0 8252170 108 83 273.0 288.0 750 480 1324 500 Ø

HB
D 323.9 8252180 150 83 323.9 405.0 850 634 1535 500 L

1) Thermal insulation available Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

Steel, 110°C 10 bar

• Flange connection
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
D 50 8252300 11 83 DN 50/PN 16 12.5 350 132 5211) 370
D 65 8252310 12 83 DN 65/PN 16 20.0 350 132 5211) 370
D 80 8252320 18 83 DN 80/PN 16 27.0 470 206 6361) 370
D 100 8252330 21 83 DN 100/PN 16 47.0 470 206 6361) 370
D 125 8252340 60 83 DN 125/PN 16 72.0 635 354 8111) 430 H
D 150 8252350 64 83 DN 150/PN 16 108.0 635 354 8111) 430
D 200 8252360 110 83 DN 200/PN 16 180.0 775 409 1021 430
D 250 8252370 146 83 DN 250/PN 16 288.0 890 480 1324 500
D 300 8252380 194 83 DN 300/PN 16 405.0 1005 634 1535 500
D 350 8252910 Upon request 83 DN 350/PN 16 500.0 1128 634 1890 600
Ø
D 400 8252920 Upon request 83 DN 400/PN 16 650.0 1226 750 2090 600 HB
L
D 450 8252940 Upon request 83 DN 450/PN 16 850.0 1330 750 2300 600
D 500 8252950 Upon request 83 DN 500/PN 16 1060.0 1430 1000 2520 600
D 600 8252960 Upon request 83 DN 600/PN 16 1530.0 1630 1200 2960 600
1) Thermal insulation available Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

Benefits in brief:
• Removes free circulating dirt and sludge particles < 5 micrometer
• Functions in fully automated continuous operation, produces just a minimal constant drop in pressure
• Maintenance takes just 5 seconds Permanent free throughflow opening for the water
• No shut-off valves or bypass lines required. Desludging possible during system operation
• Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials
• Continually ensures flawless functionality of heat generators, thermostat valves, etc.
• Reduces the risk of system defects and breakdowns in the long term

92
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exdirt R
The sludge/dirt separation in the
Reflex Exdirt R works on a similar Several connections
principle to micro-bubble separation: are available from Fan coil
The flow is guided through an area DN 50 - DN 600
with a greater cross-section than the
connection dimensions in order to Through flow is not
reduce the flow speed. The ensuing impeded by sludge
turbulence caused by the tube mesh
causes heavy materials to move in an Chiller Reflex
undetermined direction. Depending Exdirt R
on the volume flow, density, and
volume, parts of these sludge par-
ticles are supported in their natural
breakaway motion and guided to the The capacity to capture large
bottom section of the casing amounts of sludge results in
longer intervals before cleaning
becomes necessary.
Maintenance is much easier with Exdirt “steel” system dirt and sludge
Overview its detachable base seperation sketch
• Connection: DN 50 - DN 600
• Volumetric flow: 12.5 - 1530 m3/h

Exdirt (Steel) Dirt and Sludge Separator - with inspection flange

Steel, 110°C 10 bar
• Welded connection, inspection flange
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
D 60.3 R 8252200 18 83 60,3 12,5 260 132 5211) 370
D 76.1 R 8252210 19 83 76,1 20,0 260 132 5211) 370 H
D 88.9 R 8252220 57 83 88,9 27,0 370 206 6361) 430
D 114.3 R 8252230 70 83 114,3 47,0 370 206 6361) 430
D 139.7 R 8252240 120 83 139,7 72,0 525 354 8111) 550
D 168.3 R 8252250 125 83 168,3 108,0 525 354 8111) 550
D 219.1 R 8252260 140 83 219,1 180,0 650 409 1021 650
Ø

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
D 273.0 R 8252270 196 83 273,0 288,0 750 480 1324 850 HB
L
D 323.9 R 8252280 277 83 323,9 405,0 850 634 1535 1000
1) Thermal insulation available Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

Steel, 110°C 10 bar

• Flange connection, inspection flange
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
D 50 R 8252400 20 83 DN 50/PN 16 12,5 350 132 5211) 370
D 65 R 8252410 21 83 DN 65/PN 16 20,0 350 132 5211) 370
D 80 R 8252420 68 83 DN 80/PN 16 27,0 470 206 6361) 430
D 100 R 8252430 76 83 DN 100/PN 16 47,0 470 206 6361) 430
D 125 R 8252440 120 83 DN 125/PN 16 72,0 635 354 8111) 550 H
D 150 R 8252450 140 83 DN 150/PN 16 108,0 635 354 8111) 550
D 200 R 8252460 181 83 DN 200/PN 16 180,0 775 409 1021 650
D 250 R 8252470 220 83 DN 250/PN 16 288,0 890 480 1324 850
D 300 R 8252480 305 83 DN 300/PN 16 405,0 1005 634 1535 1000
D 350 R 8252912 Upon request 83 DN 350/PN 16 500.0 1128 634 1890 Upon request
Ø
D 400 R 8252922 Upon request 83 DN 400/PN 16 650.0 1226 750 2090 Upon request HB
L
D 450 R 8252942 Upon request 83 DN 450/PN 16 850.0 1330 750 2300 Upon request
D 500 R 8252952 Upon request 83 DN 500/PN 16 1060.0 1430 1000 2520 Upon request
D 600 R 8252962 Upon request 83 DN 600/PN 16 1530.0 1630 1200 2960 Upon request
1) Thermal insulation available Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

Benefits in brief:
• Removes free circulating dirt and sludge particles < 5 micrometer
• Functions in fully automated continuous operation, produces just a minimal constant drop in pressure
• Maintenance takes just 5 seconds Permanent free throughflow opening for the water
• No shut-off valves or bypass lines required. Desludging possible during system operation
• Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials
• Continually ensures flawless functionality of heat generators, thermostat valves, etc.
• Reduces the risk of system defects and breakdowns in the long term
• Easier maintenance due to detachable base
93
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exdirt HC
The sludge/dirt separation in the Reflex
Exdirt HC works on a similar principle Several connections
to micro-bubble separation: The flow is are available from
guided through an area with a greater DN 50 - DN 600
cross-section than the connection
Through flow is not Consumer
dimensions in order to reduce the
flow speed. The ensuing turbulence impeded by sludge.
caused by the tube mesh causes heavy Boiler
materials to move in an undetermined
direction. Depending on the volume
flow, density, and volume, parts of Higher body to ensure high
these sludge particles are supported performance dirt seperation
in their natural breakaway motion and
guided to the bottom section of the
Reflex
casing. Specially designed for bigger
Exdirt HC
systems with longer heights and higher Boiler
volumetric flow. The capacity to capture large
amounts of sludge results in
longer intervals before
cleaning becomes necessary.

Exdirt “steel” HiCap system dirt and sludge

Overview seperation sketch
Sludge drain connection
• Connection: DN 50 - DN 600
• Volumetric flow: 25 - 3000 m3/h

Exdirt HiCap (Steel) Dirt and Sludge Separator

Steel, 110°C 10 bar
• Welded connection
Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Weight kg Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
D 60.3 HC 8252105 5 83 60.3 25.0 260 132 706 430
D 76.1 HC 8252115 5 83 76.1 40.0 260 132 706 430
D 88.9 HC 8252125 11 83 88.9 54.0 370 206 861 430
H
D 114.3 HC 8252135 11 83 114.3 94.0 370 206 861 430
D 139.7 HC 8252145 24 83 139.7 144.0 525 354 1121 500
Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

D 168.3 HC 8252155 26 83 168.3 215.0 525 354 1121 500

D 219.1 HC 8252165 90 83 219.1 360.0 650 409 1391 500
D 273.0 HC 8252175 108 83 273.0 575.0 750 480 1532 600
D 323.9 HC 8252185 150 83 323.9 810.0 850 634 2148 600
Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request Ø
HB
L

Steel, 110°C 10 bar

• Flange connection
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
D 50 HC 8252305 11 83 DN 50/PN 16 25.0 350 132 7061) 430
D 65 HC 8252315 12 83 DN 65/PN 16 40.0 350 132 7061) 430
D 80 HC 8252325 18 83 DN 80/PN 16 54.0 470 206 8611) 430
D 100 HC 8252335 21 83 DN 100/PN 16 94.0 470 206 8611) 430
D 125 HC 8252345 60 83 DN 125/PN 16 144.0 635 354 11211) 500
H
D 150 HC 8252355 64 83 DN 150/PN 16 215.0 635 354 11211) 500
D 200 HC 8252365 110 83 DN 200/PN 16 360.0 775 409 1391 500
D 250 HC 8252375 146 83 DN 250/PN 16 575.0 890 480 1532 600
D 300 HC 8252385 194 83 DN 300/PN 16 810.0 1005 634 2148 600
D 350 HC 8252915 273 83 DN 350/PN 16 1000.0 1128 634 2400 700
D 400 HC 8252925 354 83 DN 400/PN 16 1300.0 1226 750 2680 700
D 450 HC 8252945 467 83 DN 450/PN 16 1700.0 1330 750 2970 700
D 500 HC 8252955 701 83 DN 500/PN 16 2120.0 1430 1000 3100 700 Ø
HB
D 600 HC 8252965 913 83 DN 600/PN 16 3000.0 1630 1200 3250 700 L

Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

94
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Exdirt R-HC
The sludge/dirt separation in the
Reflex Exdirt R - HC works on a similar
principle to micro-bubble separation: Severel connection available
The flow is guided through an area from DN 50 to DN 600 Fan coil
with a greater cross-section than the Through flow is not
connection dimensions in order to impeded by sludge
reduce the flow speed. The ensuing
turbulence caused by the tube mesh
causes heavy materials to move in an
Chiller Reflex
undetermined direction. Depending on Exdirt R-HC
the volume flow, density, and volume, Higher body to ensure high
parts of these sludge particles are performance dirt seperation
supported in their natural breakaway
motion and guided to the bottom
section of the casing. Specially
designed for bigger systems with
longer heights and higher volumetric The capacity to capture large
flow amounts of sludge results in Exdirt “steel” HiCap system with
longer intervals before cleaning inspection flange
becomes necessary. dirt and sludge seperation sketch
Maintenance is much easier with
its detachable base
Overview
• Connection: DN 50 - DN 600 Sludge drain connection
• Volumetric flow: 12.5 - 1530 m3/h

Exdirt HiCap (Steel) Dirt and Sludge Separator - with inspection flange
Steel, 110°C 10 bar
• Welded connection, inspection flange
Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Weight kg Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
D 60.3 R-HC 8252205 18 83 60.3 25.0 260 132 706 570
D 76.1 R-HC 8252215 19 83 76.1 40.0 260 132 706 570
D 88.9 R-HC 8252225 57 83 88.9 54.0 370 206 861 660
H
D 114.3 R-HC 8252235 70 83 114.3 94.0 370 206 861 660
D 139.7 R-HC 8252245 120 83 139.7 144.0 525 354 1121 870

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
D 168.3 R-HC 8252255 125 83 168.3 215.0 525 354 1121 870
D 219.1 R-HC 8252265 140 83 219.1 360.0 650 409 1391 1030
D 273.0 R-HC 8252275 196 83 273.0 575.0 750 480 1532 1050
D 323.9 R-HC 8252285 277 83 323.9 810.0 850 634 2148 1600
Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request Ø
HB
L

Steel, 110°C 10 bar

• Flange connection, inspection flange
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
D 50 R-HC 8252405 20 83 DN 50/PN 16 25.0 350 132 706 570
D 65 R-HC 8252415 21 83 DN 65/PN 16 40.0 350 132 706 570
D 80 R-HC 8252425 68 83 DN 80/PN 16 54.0 470 206 861 660
D 100 R-HC 8252435 76 83 DN 100/PN 16 94.0 470 206 861 660
D 125 R-HC 8252445 120 83 DN 125/PN 16 144.0 635 354 1121 870
H
D 150 R-HC 8252455 140 83 DN 150/PN 16 215.0 635 354 1121 870
D 200 R-HC 8252465 181 83 DN 200/PN 16 360.0 775 409 1391 1030
D 250 R-HC 8252475 220 83 DN 250/PN 16 575.0 890 480 1532 1050
D 300 R-HC 8252485 305 83 DN 300/PN 16 810.0 1005 634 2148 1600
D 350 R-HC 8252917 Upon request 83 DN 350/PN 16 1000.0 1128 634 2400 Upon request
D 400 R-HC 8252927 Upon request 83 DN 400/PN 16 1300.0 1226 750 2680 Upon request
D 450 R-HC 8252947 Upon request 83 DN 450/PN 16 1700.0 1330 750 2970 Upon request
D 500 R-HC 8252957 Upon request 83 DN 500/PN 16 2120.0 1430 1000 3100 Upon request Ø
HB
D 600 R-HC 8252967 Upon request 83 DN 600/PN 16 3000.0 1630 1200 3250 Upon request L

Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

95
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Extwin
Non-leak, non-shut-off
deaeration valve
The core element is a tube
mesh construction that Air chamber with special design:
driving impurities do not reach the Boiler
has proven itself over the
decades, with an extremely deaeration valve; high air chamber
low rate of pressure loss volume to counteract pressure fluctuations
in the flow direction and a Reflex
high rate of pressure loss Extwin
in the transverse direction.
This drastically reduces the
amount of turbulence and Several connections
guides the sludge particles to are available from
a part-stabilized area A22 to 1”

Extwin “brass” system combined micro-bubble,

Space-saving, perpendicular draining dirt and sludge seperation sketch
tap. The collected sludge is quickly and
The capacity to capture large forcefully pressed out when the tap is
amounts of sludge results opened so that it can be closed again
in longer intervals before right away. The entire process takes
cleaning becomes necessary just a few seconds

Overview Benefits in brief

• Dimension-dependent brass designs • Removes free circulating dirt and sludge particles
• Installation: horizontal, vertical • Functions in fully automated continuous operation
• Connection options: thread and clamping ring, • Maintenance takes just 5 seconds
• Connection diameter A22 - 1” • Permanent free throughflow opening for the water
• Max. operating pressure: 10 bar • No shut-off valves or bypass lines required. Desludging possible during system operation
• Max. operating temperature 110°C • Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials
• Continually ensures flawless functionality of heat generators, thermostat valves, etc.
• Reduces the risk of system defects and breakdowns in the long term

Extwin (Brass) Combined Micro-Bubble, Dirt, and Sludge Separator

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Brass, 110°C 10 bar

• Horizontal
Material V max L ØD H Ø
Type Article No Weight kg Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm
TW 22 9253000 1,7 82 22 mm1) 1.25 105 63 261
H
TW 1 9253010 1,7 82 G1 2.00 84 63 261

Brass, 110°C 10 bar

• Horizontal M with magnetic insert
Material V max L ØD H
Type Article No Weight kg Connection L
Group m3/h mm mm mm
TW 22 M 9257000 1,8 82 22 mm1) 1.25 105 63 261
TW 1 M 9257010 1,8 82 G1 2.00 84 63 261 Magnetic
insert

Brass, 110°C 10 bar

• Vertical
Material V max L ØD H
Type Article No Weight kg Connection Ø
Group m3/h mm mm mm
TW 22 V 9253500 2,1 82 22 mm1) 1.25 105 63 261
H
L

Brass, 110°C 10 bar

• Vertical M with magnetic insert
Material V max L ØD H
Type Article No Weight kg Connection
Group m3/h mm mm mm
TW 22 V-M 9257500 2,2 82 22 mm1) 1.25 105 63 261
Magnetic
insert

96
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Extwin
Integrated Exvoid T
automatic air vent

Boiler
The Reflex Extwin combines
the modes of operation of
the Exvoid and Exdirt, the Reflex
principle corresponding with Extwin
the functionality set out on Several connections
are available from
DN 50 to DN 600

The capacity to capture large

amounts of sludge results in
longer intervals before Extwin “Steel” system with combined micro-bubble
cleaning becomes necessary dirt and sludge seperation sketch
Extwin Function
Sludge drain connection Diagram

Overview
• Connection: DN 50 - DN 600
• Volumetric flow: 12.5-405 m3/h
• Exiso thermal insulation: DN 50 - DN 125

Extwin (Steel) Combined Micro-Bubble, Dirt, and Sludge Separator

Steel, 110°C 10 bar
min. 50 mm
• Welded connection
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
TW 60.3 8253100 7 83 60,3 12,5 260 132 785 370
TW 76.1 8253110 8 83 76,1 20,0 260 132 785 370
TW 88.9 8253120 15 83 88,9 27,0 370 206 940 370 H
TW 114.3 8253130 17 83 114,3 47,0 370 206 940 370

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
TW 139.7 8253140 32 83 139,7 72,0 525 354 1200 430
TW 168.3 8253150 40 83 168,3 108,0 525 354 1200 430
TW 219.1 8253160 92 83 219,1 180,0 650 409 1470 430
TW 273.0 8253170 196 83 273,0 288,0 750 480 1916 500 Ø

TW 323.9 8253180 266 83 323,9 405,0 850 634 2237 500 HB L

Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

Steel, 110°C 10 bar

• Flange connection
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB min. 50 mm
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
TW 50 8253300 13 83 DN 50/PN 16 12.5 350 132 785 370
TW 65 8253310 13 83 DN 65/PN 16 20.0 350 132 785 370
TW 80 8253320 37 83 DN 80/PN 16 27.0 470 206 940 370
TW 100 8253330 43 83 DN 100/PN 16 47.0 470 206 940 370
TW 125 8253340 70 83 DN 125/PN 16 72.0 635 354 1200 430 H

TW 150 8253350 75 83 DN 150/PN 16 108.0 635 354 1200 430

TW 200 8253360 108 83 DN 200/PN 16 180.0 775 409 1470 430
TW 250 8253370 230 83 DN 250/PN 16 288.0 890 480 1916 500
TW 300 8253380 300 83 DN 300/PN 16 405.0 1005 634 2237 500
Ø
TW 350 8253910 Upon request 83 DN 350/PN 16 500.0 1128 634 2600 600
HB L
TW 400 8253920 Upon request 83 DN 400/PN 16 650.0 1226 750 2900 600
TW 450 8253940 Upon request 83 DN 450/PN 16 850.0 1330 750 3150 600
TW 500 8253950 Upon request 83 DN 500/PN 16 1060.0 1430 1000 3500 600
TW 600 8253960 Upon request 83 DN 600/PN 16 1530.0 1630 1200 4100 600
Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

Benefits in brief
• Combines the protective functions of Reflex Exvoid and Exdirt in a single component in chilled water systems
• Single installation, doubled effect
• A far more cost-effective solution than using both the individual components
• Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials

97
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Extwin R
Integrated Exvoid T
automatic air vent
Fan coil

The reflex Extwin combines

the modes of operation of
the Exvoid and Exdirt, the Reflex
principle corresponding with Chiller
Several connections Extwin R
the functionality set out on
are available from
pages 88 & 91
DN 50 to DN 300

The capacity to capture large

amounts of sludge results in
Extwin “Steel” system with inspection flange
longer intervals before cleaning
becomes necessary. combined micro-bubble,
Maintenance is much easier dirt and sludge seperation sketch
with its detachable base
Overview
• Connection: DN 50 - DN 600 Sludge drain connection
• Volumetric fl ow: 12.5 - 1530 m3/h
• Exiso thermal insulation: DN 50 - DN 125

Extwin (Steel) Combined Micro-Bubble, Dirt, and Sludge Separator - with inspection flange
Steel, 110°C 10 bar
min. 50 mm
• Welded connection, inspection flange
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
TW 60.3 R 8253200 16 83 60,3 12,5 260 132 785 370
TW 76.1 R 8253210 16 83 76,1 20,0 260 132 785 370
TW 88.9 R 8253220 50 83 88,9 27,0 370 206 940 550 H

TW 114.3 R 8253230 65 83 114,3 47,0 370 206 940 550

TW 139.7 R 8253240 102 83 139,7 72,0 525 354 1200 750
Separation Technology

TW 168.3 R 8253250 110 83 168,3 108,0 525 354 1200 750

Deaeration Systems &

TW 219.1 R 8253260 180 83 219,1 180,0 650 409 1470 1000

TW 273.0 R 8253270 219 83 273,0 288,0 750 480 1916 1350 Ø
TW 323.9 R 8253280 320 83 323,9 405,0 850 634 2237 1850 HB L

Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

Steel, 110°C 10 bar

• Flange connection, inspection flange
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB min. 50 mm
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
TW 50 R 8253400 13 83 DN 50/PN 16 12.5 350 132 785 370
TW 65 R 8253410 13 83 DN 65/PN 16 20.0 350 132 785 370
TW 80 R 8253420 37 83 DN 80/PN 16 27.0 470 206 940 550
TW 100 R 8253430 43 83 DN 100/PN 16 47.0 470 206 940 550
TW 125 R 8253440 70 83 DN 125/PN 16 72.0 635 354 1200 750 H
TW 150 R 8253450 75 83 DN 150/PN 16 108.0 635 354 1200 750
TW 200 R 8253460 108 83 DN 200/PN 16 180.0 775 409 1470 1000
TW 250 R 8253470 230 83 DN 250/PN 16 288.0 890 480 1916 1350
TW 300 R 8253480 300 83 DN 300/PN 16 405.0 1005 634 2237 1850
TW 350 R 8253912 Upon request 83 DN 350/PN 16 500.0 1128 650 2600 Upon request Ø

TW 400 R 8253922 Upon request 83 DN 400/PN 16 650.0 1226 750 2900 Upon request HB L

TW 450 R 8253942 Upon request 83 DN 450/PN 16 850.0 1330 750 3150 Upon request
TW 500 R 8253952 Upon request 83 DN 500/PN 16 1060.0 1430 1000 3500 Upon request
TW 600 R 8253962 Upon request 83 DN 600/PN 16 1530.0 1630 1200 4100 Upon request
Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

Benefits in brief
• Combines the protective functions of Reflex Exvoid and Exdirt in a single component in chilled water systems
• Single installation, doubled effect
• A far more cost-effective solution than using both the individual components
• Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials
• Easier maintenance due to detachable base

98
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Extwin HC
Integrated Exvoid T
automatic air vent
The Reflex Extwin HC com-
bines the modes of operation
of the Exvoid and Exdirt, the Boiler
principle corresponding with
the functionality set out Higher body to ensure high
on pages 88 & 91 Specially performance in both deaeration
designed for bigger systems and dirt seperation Reflex
Extwin HC
with longer heights and
higher volumetric flow. Several connections
are available from
DN 50 to DN 600

The capacity to capture large Extwin “Steel” HiCap system combined micro-bubble,
amounts of sludge results in
dirt and sludge seperation sketch
longer intervals before cleaning
becomes necessary

Overview Sludge drain connection

• Connection: DN 50 - DN 600
• Volumetric flow: 25 - 3000 m3/h

Extwin HiCap (Steel) Combined Micro-Bubble, Dirt, and Sludge Separator

Steel, 110°C 10 bar
min. 50 mm
• Welded connection
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
TW 60.3 HC 8252105 Upon request 83 60,3 25.0 260 132 1050 430
TW 76.1 HC 8252115 Upon request 83 76,1 40.0 260 132 1050 430
TW 88.9 HC 8252125 Upon request 83 88,9 54.0 370 206 1285 430
TW 114.3 HC 8252135 Upon request 83 114,3 94.0 370 206 1285 430 H

TW 139.7 HC 8252145 Upon request 83 139,7 144.0 525 354 1710 500

Separation Technology
TW 168.3 HC 8252155 Upon request 83 168,3 215.0 525 354 1710 500

Deaeration Systems &

TW 219.1 HC 8252165 Upon request 83 219,1 360.0 650 409 2035 500
TW 273.0 HC 8252175 Upon request 83 273,0 575.0 750 480 2764 600
TW 323.9 HC 8252185 Upon request 83 323,9 810.0 850 634 3330 600
Ø
Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request
HB L

Steel, 110°C 10 bar

• Flange collection
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB min. 50 mm
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
TW 50 HC 8253305 13 83 DN 50/PN 16 25.0 350 132 1050 430
TW 65 HC 8253315 13 83 DN 65/PN 16 40.0 350 132 1050 430
TW 80 HC 8253325 37 83 DN 80/PN 16 54.0 470 206 1285 430
TW 100 HC 8253335 43 83 DN 100/PN 16 94.0 470 206 1285 430
TW 125 HC 8253345 70 83 DN 125/PN 16 144.0 635 354 1710 500
TW 150 HC 8253355 75 83 DN 150/PN 16 215.0 635 354 1710 500 H

TW 200 HC 8253365 108 83 DN 200/PN 16 360.0 775 409 2035 500

TW 250 HC 8253375 230 83 DN 250/PN 16 575.0 890 480 2764 600
TW 300 HC 8253385 300 83 DN 300/PN 16 810.0 1005 634 3330 600
TW 350 HC 8253915 331 83 DN 350/PN 16 1000.0 1128 634 3600 700
TW 400 HC 8253925 429 83 DN 400/PN 16 1300.0 1226 750 4000 700
TW 450 HC 8253945 573 83 DN 450/PN 16 1700.0 1330 750 4500 700 Ø

TW 500 HC 8253955 853 83 DN 500/PN 16 2120.0 1430 1000 4900 700 HB L

TW 600 HC 8253965 1217 83 DN 600/PN 16 3000.0 1630 1200 5800 700
Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request

Benefits in brief
• Combines the protective functions of Reflex Exvoid and Exdirt in a single component in chilled water systems
• Single installation, doubled effect
• A far more cost-effective solution than using both the individual components
• Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials
• Specially designed for bigger systems with longer heights and higher volumetric flow

99
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Extwin R-hc
Integrated Exvoid T
automatic air vent

Fan coil
The reflex Extwin combines
the modes of operation of
the Exvoid and Exdirt, the Higher body to ensure high
principle corresponding with performance in both deaeration
the functionality set out on and dirt seperation
pages 88 & 91. Specially
designed for bigger systems Chiller Reflex
Several connections
with longer heights and are available from Extwin R-HC
higher volumetric flow DN 50 to DN 600

The capacity to capture large

amounts of sludge results in
Extwin “Steel” HiCap with inspection opening
longer intervals before cleaning system combined micro-bubble, dirt and
becomes necessary. sludge seperation sketch
Maintenance is much easier with
its detachable base
Sludge drain connection

Extwin HiCap (Steel) Combined Micro-Bubble, Dirt, and Sludge Separator - with inspection opening
Steel, 110°C 10 bar
min. 50 mm
• Welded connection, inspection flange
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
TW 60.3 R-HC 8253205 16 83 60.3 25.0 260 132 1050 640
TW 76.1 R-HC 8253215 16 83 76.1 40.0 260 132 1050 640
TW 88.9 R-HC 8253225 50 83 88.9 54.0 370 206 1285 900
TW 114.3 R-HC 8253235 65 83 114.3 94.0 370 206 1285 900 H
TW 139.7 R-HC 8253245 102 83 139.7 144.0 525 354 1710 1300
Separation Technology

TW 168.3 R-HC 8253255 110 83 168.3 215.0 525 354 1710 1300
Deaeration Systems &

TW 219.1 R-HC 8253265 180 83 219.1 360.0 650 409 2035 1600
TW 273.0 R-HC 8253275 219 83 273.0 575.0 750 480 2764 2100
TW 323.9 R-HC 8253285 320 83 323.9 810.0 850 634 3330 2900
Ø
Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request
HB L

Steel, 110°C 10 bar

• Flange connection, inspection flange
Weight Material V max L ØD H HB min. 50 mm
Type Article No Connection
kg Group m3/h mm mm mm mm
TW 50 R-HC 8253405 21 83 DN 50/PN 16 25.0 350 132 1050 640
TW 65 R-HC 8253415 22 83 DN 65/PN 16 40.0 350 132 1050 640
TW 80 R-HC 8253425 71 83 DN 80/PN 16 54.0 470 206 1285 900
TW 100 R-HC 8253435 78 83 DN 100/PN 16 94.0 470 206 1285 900
TW 125 R-HC 8253445 114 83 DN 125/PN 16 144.0 635 354 1710 1300
TW 150 R-HC 8253455 120 83 DN 150/PN 16 215.0 635 354 1710 1300 H

TW 200 R-HC 8253465 200 83 DN 200/PN 16 360.0 775 409 2035 1600
TW 250 R-HC 8253475 235 83 DN 250/PN 16 575.0 890 480 2764 2100
TW 300 R-HC 8253485 340 83 DN 300/PN 16 810.0 1005 634 3330 2900
TW 350 R-HC 8253917 Upon request 83 DN 350/PN 16 1000.0 1128 634 3600 Upon request
TW 400 R-HC 8253927 Upon request 83 DN 400/PN 16 1300.0 1226 750 4000 Upon request
Ø
TW 450 R-HC 8253947 Upon request 83 DN 450/PN 16 1700.0 1330 750 4500 Upon request
HB L
TW 500 R-HC 8253957 Upon request 83 DN 500/PN 16 2120.0 1430 1000 4900 Upon request
TW 600 R-HC 8253967 Upon request 83 DN 600/PN 16 3000.0 1630 1200 5800 Upon request
Construction design : PN16/PN25 up on request
Benefits in brief
• Combines the protective functions of Reflex Exvoid and Exdirt in a single component in chilled water systems
• Single installation, doubled effect
• A far more cost-effective solution than using both the individual components
• Full range in terms of operating pressures and materials
• Specially designed for bigger systems with longer heights and higher volumetric flow
• Easier maintenance due to detachable base

100
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Reflex EB Dirt Collector

A1
• Separates and collects dirt (magnetite, welding grid, sand etc.)
from the systemwater A1 A1
• Protects and improves average lifetime of components ØD
(pumps, valves, heat exchangers etc.) A1
A1
• Minimum pressure drop H
• Meets or exceeds EC norms for pressure vessels 2014/68/EU A1 H
• Durable epoxy coating with attractive new colour h
H h
h
A2
A2
30 litres 60-750 litres 300 litres

Type ØD H h
Article No Material Group A1 A2
6 Bar / 120°C mm mm mm
EB 180 8632000 25 600 1110 726 DN 100/PN 6 R1
6 bar EB 300 8633000 25 600 1600 1141 DN 125/PN 6 R1
120°C EB 400 8634000 25 750 1500 1027 DN 150/PN 6 R1
EB 750 8634100 25 750 2215 1677 DN 250/PN 6 R1

Type ØD H h
Article No Material Group A1 A2
10 Bar / 120°C mm mm mm
EB 30 8636000 25 409 455 270 R1 1/4 R1
10 bar EB 60 8635100 25 409 770 465 DN 50/PN 16 R1
120°C EB 80 8636200 25 480 765 468 DN 65/PN 16 R1
EB 100 8636300 25 480 870 535 DN 80/PN 16 R1

Reflex LA Air Separator

Rp 3/8 Rp 3/8
• Separates gas bubbles (air, nitrogen etc.) from heating and cooling systems
• Increases system efficiency and average lifetime of components
• Minimum pressure drop
D D
• Most suitable for rooftop plantrooms at low pressure A
h h
A
• Welded collection
• Durable epoxy coating with attractive new colour

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &
B B
L L
LA 32 - LA 50 LA 65 - LA 200

Type L ØD H
Article No Material Group A
10 Bar / 120°C mm mm mm
LA 32 8671000 72 300 30 206 DN 32
10 bar LA 40 8672000 72 300 40 206 DN 40
120°C LA 50 8673000 72 300 40 206 DN 50
LA 65 8674000 72 390 60 280 DN 65
LA 80 8675000 72 390 60 280 DN 80
LA 100 8676000 72 390 50 280 DN 100
LA 125 8677000 72 390 40 280 DN 125
LA 150 8678000 72 590 90 409 DN 150
LA 200 8679000 72 590 40 409 DN 200

Reflex T Expansion Trap

• Separates water from steam in heating installation ≥ 100°C A2
• To be connected to the safety valve according to DIN EN 12828
• Allows evaporation without danger to the ambience
A1 h
• Durable epoxy coating with attractive new colour
H
ØD

A3

Material H h ØD A1 A2 A3
Type Article No
Group mm mm mm DN DN DN
T 170 8680000 73 328 55 206 50 65 65
T 270 8681000 73 400 65 280 65 80 80
T 380 8682000 73 528 75 490 80 100 100
T 480 8683000 73 710 115 480 125 150 150
T 550 8684000 73 896 125 634 150 200 200

101
 Deaeration Systems & Separation Technology

Accessories
Reflex Exferro
• Solenoid insert for sludge separator
• 110°C/10 bar
• Magnetic bar screwed into thermowell/T-piece
• For uptake of ferromagnetic substances

Material Weight Area Of Installation Length

Type Article No
Group kg Application (mm)
Exferro D 50 - 100 (60.3 - 114.3) 9258300 83 0.13 DN 50 - DN 100 300
Exferro D 125 - 200 (139.7 - 219.1) 9258310 83 0.63 DN 125 - DN 200 350
Exferro D 250 - 300 (273.0 - 323.9) 9258320 83 1.13 DN 250 - DN 300 400
Exferro D 350 - 600 (355.6 - 610) 9258330 83 1.63 > DN 300 500

Reflex Exiso
• Brass Exvoid, A 22-A 1 1/2 - 2”
• Brass Exdirt D 22-D 1 1/2 - 2”
Material Weight Insulation Ø H
Type Article No
Group kg thick-ness (mm) mm mm
A/D 22-1 1/2 9254811 82 0.15 15.0 125 225
A/D 2” 9254801 82 0.25 15.0 135 270

• Thermal insulation for Exvoid and Exdirt, steel version

Material Weight Insulation Ø H
Type Article No
Group kg thick-ness (mm) mm mm
DC 50-65 (60.3 - 76.1) 9254831 83 2.0 30.5 228 447
DN 80-100 (88.9 - 114.3) 9254841 83 3.0 30.5 290 567
DN 125-150 (139.7 - 168.3) 9254851 83 4.0 30.5 395 742

Pressure Loss Diagram for Exvoid, Exdirt, Extwin Standard Models

Separation Technology
Deaeration Systems &

Connection kvs, m3/h V max. m3/h Connection kvs, m3/h V max. m3/h Pressure loss calculation for all volume flows
Rp 3/4 10.7 1.25 DN 150 487.9 108.0
2
V x 1 bar, V ≤ V max
Rp 1 17.2 2.00 DN 200 780.6 180.0 ∆p= ( Kvs (
Rp 1 1/4 31.8 3.70 DN 250 1185.7 288.0
Rp 1 1/2 40.0 5.00 DN 300 1696.4 405.0 Example:
Rp 2 56.1 7.50 DN 350 1790.3 500.0 Heating circuit 70/55°C, heat generator output 40 kW
DN 50 72.2 12.50 DN 400 2242.7 650.0
DN 65 121.7 20.00 DN 450 2687.9 850.0 Volume flow calculation
DN 80
DN 100
158.5
244.3
27.0
47.0
DN 500
DN 600
3196.0
4416.7
1.060.0
1.530.0
V= ( 4.2 kJ / (kg40K)kW. (70-55) K ( x 3.600 s
x
1 m3
h 1.000 kg
DN 125 351.3 72.0 = 2.3 m3/h → selected size Rp 1 1/4

2
2.3 m ./h x 1 bar = 5.23 x 10-3 bar
3
∆p= ( 31.8 m3/h
(
= 0.53 kPa

102
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Hot Water Storage Tanks

• Storatherm Aqua, Glass-lined hot water heaters for sanitary use

57

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Heat Exchangers

103
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Product overview
Storatherm Aqua

Single Coil Tanks

AC ..../1-W AC 150-250/1 AC 120/1 AB 100/1-500/1 AF 750/1-3000/1 AH 300/1-1000/1

AF 100/1-500/1

Double Coil Tanks

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

AB 200/2-500/2 AF 750/2-3000/2 AH 300/2-1000/2

AF 200/2-500/2
Heat Exchangers

Storage Tanks

AC ..../E-W AL 300-500/R Al 750-1000/R AL 1500-3000/R2 AL 1500-3000/R3 AL 3000/R4

104
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Product overview
Storatherm Heat

Buffer tank for heating & cooling

H 300-5000 H 300-5000/R H 300-5000/1 H 500-1500/2

(Without flange and (With flange and (Without flange and (Without flange and
without coil) without coil) with single coil) with double coil)

Buffer tank with insulation for heating

HF 300-2000 HF 300-2000/R HF 300-2000/1 HF 500-1500/2

Hot Water Storage Tanks &
Heat Exchangers

Potable buffer tank with insulation

HC 500-1500/1 HC 500-1500/2

105
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua
Single Coil Hot Water Heater
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
A B C

ØD
• Floor standing indirect fired water heater
• Heavy duty S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) quality steel
• Corrosion resistant glass-lined tank according to German DIN 4753
• Magnesium anode rod(s) for tank protection
• On 1500 - 3000 litres, maintenance free anode (230 V) is mounted
• High capacity, low pressure-drop glass-lined heat exchanger
• Factory mounted thermometer
• Extra thick (100 mm) fleece insulation, up to 1000 litres,
120 mm fleece insulation from 1500 litres
• AB steel jacket in white & silver colours, H
• AF foil jacket in white & silver colours
• Clean-out for inspection access
• Accessories; For additional heating: Load

Extra removable heat exchanger

RWT1 - Ø150 flange & RWT2 - Ø225 flange B
C

Extra electrical heating element

EEHR & EFHR
57 80
• Max. operating pressure: Tank : 10 bar, Coil : 16 bar
• Max. operating temperature: Tank : 95°C, Coil : 110°C

AB/AF 100/1 - 3000/1

Article No Article No Material Volume ØD Height Tilt Height Weight Heating Heat Loses EEC
Type
White Silver Group l mm mm mm kg Surface m2 W
AF 150/1M_B 7861600 7861100 60 157 540 1222 1290 67 0.75 56 B
AF 200/1M_B 7861700 7861200 60 196 600 1473 1530 79 0.95 55 B
AF 200/1M_C 7847600 7847100 60 196 540 1473 1530 79 0.95 68 C
AF 300/1M_A 7863400 7863300 60 304 750 1334 1472 117 1.45 46 A
AF 300/1M_B 7861800 7861300 60 304 700 1834 1472 117 1.45 69 B
AF 400/1M_B 7861900 7861400 60 385 750 1631 1738 137 1.80 69 B
AF 400/1M_C 7847800 7847300 60 385 700 1631 1738 137 1.80 84 C
AF 500/1M_B 7862000 7861500 60 473 750 1961 2044 186 1.90 73 B
AF 500/1M_C 7847900 7847400 60 473 700 1961 2044 189 1.90 99 C
AF 750/1_C 7848000 7838000 60 950 2023 259 1990 259 3.70 123 C
AF 1000/1_C 7848100 7838100 60 1050 2050 322 2025 322 4.50 142 C
AF 1500/1_C 7848200 - 52 1240 2216 480 2520 480 6.00 171 C
AF 2000/1_C 7848300 - 52 1440 2126 650 2545 650 7.00 188 C
AF 3000/1_C 7848400 - 52 1440 2878 790 3300 790 9.50 - -
AB 100/1_C - 7846400 60 99 512 849 960 50 0.61 50 C
AB 150/1_B - 7846500 60 157 540 1222 1290 67 0.75 56 B
AB 200/1_C - 7846600 60 196 540 1473 1530 79 0.95 68 C
AB 300/1_B - 7846700 60 304 700 1334 1472 117 1.45 69 B
AB 400/1_C - 7846800 60 385 700 1631 1738 137 1.80 84 C
AB 500/1_C - 7846900 60 473 700 1961 2044 189 1.90 99 C

NEW!
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Storatherm Aqua A Storage Tank

Energy efficiency class
A

ØD
Heat Exchangers

Load

H
B
C

57 80

Article No Article No Material Volume Dimensions Height Tilt Height Weight Heating Heat Loses EEC
Type
White Silver Group l mm mm mm kg Surface m2 W
AF 150/1M_A 7355100 7350100 60 159 650x650 1068 1212 67 0.83 36 A
AF 200/1M_A 7355200 7350200 60 197 650x650 1260 1384 74 0.95 39 A
AF 300/1M_A 7355300 7350300 60 302 750x750 1294 1452 101 1.28 49 A
AF 400/1M_A 7355400 7350400 60 382 790x790 1591 1729 125 1.75 51 A
AF 500/1M_A 7355500 7350500 60 473 790x790 1921 2038 143 1.88 58 A
* EEC : Energy Efficiency Class
106
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua
Single Coil Hot Water Heater
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
A B C

Magnesium anode
ØD
WW
optimal protection against corrosion
(maintenance free power anode available)
WW
KW Z are mounted as standard on 1500 - 3000
Thermometer litres
HR HV

Anode z Glass-lined tank

steel and glass are fused together to achieve
the best of both materials - the strength and
HV
engineering flexibility of steel and the
Heating coil
with large
corrosion resistance of glass 1st class water
H heating surface Sensor tube with respect to hygiene and taste smooth
glass-lined which prevents formation of lime
Flange deposits on surface
Ø150 (150-500) h6
Ø225 (750-3000) h5 Inspection hole
HR h4 from 150 litres facilitates cleaning and
h3 maintenance could be used to install an
h7 KW h2 additional electrical heating element or
AC 120/1 h1 auxiliary heat exchanger.

Type AB/AC/AF 100/1 120/1 150/1 200/1 300/1 400/1 500/1 750/1 1000/1 1500/1 2000/1 3000/1

Capacity litres 98 115 158 198 300 385 478 750 982 1500 2000 2800
Diameter mm 512 560 540 540 700 700 700 910 1010 1200 1400 1400
Diameter without cover mm Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø 750 850 1000 1200 1200
Height mm 849 800 1222 1473 1334 1631 1961 2000 2025 2216 2126 2875
Height without cover mm Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø 1932 1959 2109 2019 2784
Net weight kg 38 42 54 65 99 119 170 241 304 480 650 1000
Coil water volume litres 4.3 5 5.2 6.6 10.1 12.6 13.3 32.2 39.1 55.2 64.5 86.7
R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 2” 2” 2”
Hot water outlet WW
(h1) mm 740 835 1106 1366 1226 1523 1853 1886 1900 248 1937 2691
R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 2” 2” 2”
Cold water inlet KW
(h6) mm 55 835 55 55 55 55 55 99 103 105 118 156
R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 2”
Circulation Z
(h2) mm 605 835 732 899 918 1111 1264 1417 1489 1660 1670 2406
R 1” 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Boiler supply HV
(h3) mm 523 835 596 686 720 908 965 1314 1324 1543 1568 1930
R 1” 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Boiler return HR
(h5) mm 193 835 191 191 220 220 220 288 296 333 360 396
Ø x L mm 16 x 200 11 x 450 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 250 16 x 250 16 x 250
Sensor tube
(h4) mm 428 800 461 506 548 683 695 1079 1087 1140 1175 1470
Ø Rp 1 1/4” DN 85 150 150 150 150 150 225 225 225 225 225
Flange
(h7) mm 248 800 246 246 275 275 275 378 387 412 443 481

Performance Table 100/1 120/1 150/1 200/1 300/1 400/1 500/1 750/1 1000/1 1500/1 2000/1 3000/1
Hot Water Storage Tanks &
Water volume coil litres 4.3 5 5.2 6.6 10.1 12.6 13.3 32.2 39.1 55.2 64.5 86.7
Heating capacity kW 19 22 25 31 48 57 65 99 110 156 196 254
Heat Exchangers

Max pressure coil bar 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

Max temperature coil °C 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
Continuous flow ∆T 35°C l/h 480 540 615 760 1170 1395 1590 2440 2715 3846 4827 6260
Performance ∆T 35°C l/10min 204 238 306 382 583 729 881 1371 1714 2566 3373 5245
Performance ∆T 35°C l/1st hour 593 689 818 1017 1586 1896 2212 3398 3967 5761 7387 8276
Heating time ∆T 50°C min 18 18 22 22 22 24 26 27 31 34 36 48
Calculation with T = 10°C Cold Water, Hot Water T = 45°C, storage tank T = 60°C, heating ∆T 80 /60°C

107
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Solar

Double Coil Hot Water Heater
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
A B C

• Floor standing indirect fired/solar water heater ØD

• Heavy duty S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) quality steel
• Corrosion resistant glass-lined tank according to German DIN 4753
• Magnesium anode rod(s) for tank protection
• On 1500 - 3000 litres, maintenance free anode (230 V) is mounted
• High capacity, low pressure-drop glass-lined heat exchanger
• Factory mounted thermometer
• Extra thick (100 mm) fleece insulation, up to 1000 litres,
120 mm fleece insulation from 1500 litres
• AB steel jacket in white & silver colours,
• AF foil jacket in white & silver colours H
• Clean-out for inspection access
• Accessories; For additional heating:
Extra removable heat exchanger Load

RWT1 - Ø150 flange & RWT2 - Ø225 flange B

Extra electrical heating element C

EEHR & EFHR

• Max. operating pressure: Tank : 10 bar, Coil : 16 bar 57 80
• Max. operating temperature: Tank : 95°C, Coil : 110°C

Article No Article No Material Volume ØD Height Tilt Height Weight Heating Surface Heat Loses
Type EEC
White Silver Group l mm mm mm kg top/buttom m2 W
AF 200/2_B 7862100 7896700 61 196 600 1473 1530 84 0.7/0.95 58 B
AF 200/2_C 7848800 7896800 61 196 540 1473 1530 84 0.7/0.95 71 C
AF 300/2_A 7863500 7863600 61 299 750 1334 1892 123 0.8/1.55 48 A
AF 300/2_B 7849800 - 61 299 700 1334 1472 106 0.85/1.45 65 B
AF 300/2 S_B 7862200 7862500 61 299 650 1834 1892 123 0.8/1.55 65 B
AF 300/2 S_C 7849000 7836300 61 299 600 1834 1892 123 0.8/1.55 83 C
AF 400/2_B 7862300 7862600 61 382 750 1631 1738 149 1.05/1.8 71 B
AF 400/2_C 7849100 7849900 61 382 700 1631 1738 149 1.05/1.8 86 C
AF 500/2_B 7862400 7862700 61 474 750 1961 2044 179 1.3/1.9 75 B
AF 500/2_C 7849200 7850000 61 474 700 1961 2044 179 1.3/1.9 100 C
AF 750/2_C 7849300 7838500 61 751 950 2023 1990 249 1.17/1.93 129 C
AF 1000/2_C 7849400 7838600 61 972 1050 2050 2025 320 1.17/2.45 146 C
AF 1500/2_C 7849500 - 52 1500 1240 2216 2250 495 1.9/3.9 171 C
AF 2000/2_C 7849600 - 52 2000 1440 2126 2200 670 2.25/4.2 188 C
AF 3000/2_C 7849700 - 52 3000 1440 2875 3300 820 3.4/6.8 - -
AB 300/2 S_C 7896400 7848500 61 299 600 1834 1892 123 0.8/1.55 83 C
AB 400/2_C 7896500 7836400 61 382 700 1631 1738 149 1.05/1.80 86 C
AB 500/2_C 7896600 7848700 61 474 700 1961 2044 179 1.30/1.90 100 C

NEW!

Storatherm Aqua Solar A Storage Tank

Energy efficiency class
A
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

ØD
Heat Exchangers

Load

H
B
C

57 80

Article No Article No Material Volume Dimensions Height Tilt Height Weight Heating Heat Loses EEC
Type
White Silver Group l mm mm mm kg Surface m2 W
AF 200/2_A 7355600 7350600 61 196 650x650 1260 1384 82 0.95/0.67 40 A
AF 300/2_A 7355700 7350700 61 300 750x750 1294 1452 134 1.42/0.84 50 A
AF 400/2_A 7355800 7350800 61 380 790x790 1591 1729 137 1.75/1.00 53 A
AF 500/2_A 7355900 7350900 61 470 790x790 1921 2038 159 1.88/1.28 58 A
* EEC : Energy Efficiency Class

108
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Solar

Double Coil Hot Water Heater
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
A B C

Magnesium anode
WW optimal protection against corrosion
maintenance free power anode available are mounted as
Anode
standard on 1500 - 3000 litres
Thermometer
HV
Heating coil
Sensor tube 1 2 large capacity heating coils designed to prevent the formation
Heating coil Z off cold zones and thus the contamination with bacetria
HR
SV Glass-lined tank
steel and glass are fused together to achieve the best of both
h1 materials - the strength and engineering flexibility of steel and
Solar heating coil h2 the corrosion resistance of glass 1st class water with respect to
h3 hygiene and taste smooth glass-lined which prevents formation
h4 of lime deposits on surface
Sensor tube 2 h5
Flange Inspection hole
SR h6
from 150 litres facilitates cleaning and maintenance could
h7
h10 KW be used to install an additional electrical heating element or
h8
h9 auxiliary heat exchanger.

300/2
Performance Table 200/2 300/2 400/2 500/2 750/2 1000/2 1500/2 2000/2 3000/2
short
Capacity litres 191 298 295 380 470 750 995 1500 2000 2800
Diameter mm 540 700 600 700 700 910 1010 1200 1400 1400
Diameter without cover mm Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø 750 850 1000 1200 1200
Height mm 1473 1334 1834 1631 1961 2000 2025 2216 2025 2875
Height without cover mm Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø 1932 1959 1989 2019 2784
Net weight kg 70 106 106 130 160 231 291 495 670 820
Top coil water volume litres 0.70 5.6 5.6 7.3 9.1 8.2 7.8 17.5 21.8 32.2
Buttom coil water volume litres 0.95 10.8 10.8 12.6 13.3 13.5 17.1 35.0 43.6 62.2
R 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 2” 2” 2”
Hot water outlet WW
(h1) mm 1366 1226 1725 1523 1853 1887 1905 2048 1937 2691
R 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 2” 2” 2”
Cold water inlet KW
(h9) mm 55 55 90 55 55 99 103 105 118 156
R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Circulation Z
(h4) mm 899 625 1179 1111 1264 1242 1243 1660 1695 2406
R 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Boiler supply HV
(h2) mm 1146 1048 1424 1354 1604 1467 1423 1660 1613 2235
R 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Boiler return HR
(h5) mm 786 790 1064 1006 1114 1151 1153 1153 1224 1645
R 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Solar supply SV
(h6) mm 686 715 964 909 965 830 884 884 1080 1466
R 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Solar return SR
(h8) mm 191 220 254 220 220 288 297 333 360 396
Ø x L mm 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 250 16 x 250 16 x250
Sensor tube 1
(h3) mm 1011 920 1289 1223 1409 1332 1333 1140 1350 1780

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Sensor tube 2 Ø x L mm 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 200 16 x 250 16 x 250 16 x 250
(h7) mm 280 306 403 369 280 402 411 411 510 522
Ø 150 150 150 150 150 225 225 225 225 225
Flange
(h10) mm 246 275 324 275 275 378 287 412 443 481
Heat Exchangers

300/2
Performance Table 200/2 300/2 400/2 500/2 750/2 1000/2 1500/2 2000/2 3000/2
short
Water volume - upper coil litres 0.7 5.6 5.6 7.3 9.1 8.2 7.8 17.5 21.8 32.2
Water volume - lower coil litres 0.95 10.8 10.8 12.6 13.3 13.5 17.1 35.0 43.6 62.2
Max pressure coil bar 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
Max temperature coil °C 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
Heating capacity - upper coil kW 24 26 26 31 40 33 32 57 72 91
Continuous flow ∆T 35°C l/h 550 630 630 740 970 815 780 1390 1760 2245
Performance ∆T 35°C l/10min 371 490 486 616 769 1100 1418 2160 2865 4944
Performance ∆T 35°C l/1st hour 871 1022 1019 1251 1588 1776 2073 3319 4331 6470
Heating time ∆T 50°C min 29 40 40 45 44 80 109 92 97 81
Heating capacity - lower coil kW 31 48 48 57 65 60 76 99 112 166
Continuous flow ∆T 35°C l/h 760 1170 1170 1395 1590 1460 1870 2430 2449 4098
Performance ∆T 35°C l/10min 399 580 576 722 871 1211 1598 2334 3030 4770
Performance ∆T 35°C l/1st hour 1034 1810 1559 2193 2586 2890 3692 4358 5320 4265
Heating time ∆T 50°C min 22 22 22 25 27 44 46 53 63 63
Calculation with T = 10°C Cold Water, Hot Water T = 45°C, storage tank T = 60°C, heating ∆T 80 /60°C
109
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Heat Pump

Hot Water Heater For Heat Pumps Single & Double Coil
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
B C

• Floor standing indirect fired water heater ØD Sensor tube

destined for heat pump applications
• Heavy duty S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) steel
• Corrosion resistant glass-lined tank according to German DIN 4753 Thermometer
• Extra large heating surface ensuring Magnesium
best energy transfer performance for heat pumps anode
AH.../1 Single coil
AH.../2 Double coil
• Magnesium anode rod for tank protection 2 Heating
• Factory mounted thermometer coils with
large heating
• Extra thick fleece CFC free insulation with foil jacket H surface
in white colour (delivered seperately, assembly
on site)
• 1 1/2” Socket for addition of EEHR electrical Load

heating element B

• Clean out for inspection access as well as C

possibility to add an additional heating source Flange

• Max. operating pressure: Tank : 10 bar, Coil : 16 bar 57 80
• Max. operating temperature: Tank : 95°C, Coil : 110°C

AH ..../1 AH ..../2

Article No Article No Material ØD Height H Weight Tilt Height Heating Surface

Type EEC
White Silver Group mm mm kg mm m2
AH 300/1_B 7864000 - 60 700 1334 139 1393 3.2 B
AH 400/1_B 7864100 - 60 750 1651 170 1672 5.0 B
AH 400/1_C 7845600 - 60 700 1651 170 1672 3.1 C
AH 500/1_B 7864200 - 60 750 1961 222 1393 6.2 B
AH 500/1_C 7845700 - 60 700 1961 222 1393 5.0 C
AH 750/1_C 7845800 - 60 950 2050 263 2173 6.2 C
AH 1000/1_C 7845900 - 60 1050 2083 335 2226 9.2 C

Storage Article No Article No Material ØD Height H Weight Inclination Heating Surface

EEC
Tank Type White Silver Group mm mm kg Height mm m2
AH 400/2_B 7864300 - 60 750 1631 189 1672 1.4/3.2 B
AH 400/2_C 7846000 - 60 700 1631 189 1672 1.4/3.2 C
AH 500/2_B 7864400 - 60 750 1961 235 1990 1.6./4.3 B
AH 500/2_C 7846100 - 60 700 1961 235 1393 1.6/4.3 C
AH 750/2_C 7846200 - 60 950 2050 290 2173 2.2/5.2 C
AH 1000/2_C 7846300 - 60 1050 2083 385 2226 3.1/6.1 C

Performance Table 300/1 300/2 400/1 400/2 500/1 500/2 750/1 750/2 1000/1 1000/2

Water volume - upper coil litres - 20.4 - 27.2 - 36.3 - 39.6 - 42.7
Water volume - lower coil litres 24 9.1 35 11.3 45 13.6 49 15.6 64 21.5
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Heating capacity - upper coil kW - 46 - 64 - 88 - 110 - 132

Continuous flow ∆T 35°C l/h - 1319 - 1835 - 2323 - 3153 - 3784
Performance ∆T 35°C l/10min - 671 - 907 - 1172 - 1653 - 2134
Performance ∆T 35°C l/1st hour - 1705 - 2349 - 3166 - 4119 - 5071
Heat Exchangers

Heating time ∆T 35°C min - 16 - 15 - 14 - 17 - 19

Heating capacity - lower coil kW 68 33 106 40 131 46 152 60 203 82
Continuous flow ∆T 35°C l/h 1949 946 3039 1147 3755 1319 4557 1720 5819 2351
Performance ∆T 35°C l/10min 776 609 1108 792 1377 971 1853 1414 2473 1895
Performance ∆T 35°C l/1st hour 2335 1332 3553 1661 4399 1962 5323 2685 7106 3638
Heating time ∆T 35°C min 11 22 9 25 9 27 12 31 12 30
Calculation with T = 10°C Cold Water, Hot Water T = 45°C, storage tank T = 60°C, heating ∆T 80 /60°C * EEC : Energy Efficiency Class

Thermal Insulation For Hot Water Heat Pumps

• Thermal insulation for Storatherm Aqua Heat Pump in sizes
Type Article No Material Group
750 l and 1000 l, ordered separately
AHW 750/1 9119696 68
AHW 750/2 9119697 68
AHW 1000/1 9119698 68
AHW 1000/2 9119699 68

110
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Compact

Wall-Hung Hot Water Storage Tank
Energy efficiency class Energy efficiency class
B C

• Wall-hung tanks in compact design, usable with all

conventional energy sources
• E-variant with high-quality ceramic immersion heater
without contact with potable water
• Steel sheet jacket with rECOflex insulation system
• For AC…/1E–W and AC…/E–W:
Capacity 3,000 W at 400 V or 1,000 W at 230 V
Regulating range: 7°C–85°C, shut-down at 110°C
• Max. operating pressure: Heating water 10 bar,
potable water 10 bar
• Max. operating temperature: Heating water 110°C,
potable water 95°C

• AC ..../1-W Load

Wall-hung hot water storage tank with one heating coil B

C

H
• AC ..../1 E-W
Wall-hung hot water storage tank with one heating coil 57 80
and electrical heating element

• AC ..../E-W
AC ..../E-W AC ..../1 E-W AC ..../1-W
Wall-hung hot water storage tank with electrical heating element

Storage Article No Article No Material ØD Height H Weight Inclination Heating Surface

EEC
Tank Type White Silver Group mm mm kg Height mm m2
AC 60/1-W 7760200 - 62 461 700 52 - 0.75 B
AC 110/1-W 7760300 - 62 461 1065 65 - 0.95 B
AC 160/1-W 7761800 - 62 461 1492 91 - 0.95 C

AC 60/1 E-W 7760220 - 62 461 700 58 - 0.75 B

AC 110/1 E-W 7760320 - 62 461 1065 71 - 0.95 B
AC 160/1 E-W 7761820 - 62 461 1492 97 - 0.95 C

AC 60/E-W 7760210 - 62 461 700 51 - - B

AC 110/E-W 7760310 - 62 461 1065 64 - - B
AC 160/E-W 7761810 - 62 461 1492 90 - - C

AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC
Performance Table
60/1-W 110/1-W 160/1-W 60/1 E-W 110/1 E-W 160/1 E-W 60/E-W 110/E-W 160/E-W
Capacity litres 67 112 166 65 110 164 71 117 171
Coil volume litres 3.6 4.7 4.7 3.6 4.7 4.7 - - -
Heat loss w 38 48 63 38 48 63 38 48 63
Hot water outlet WW R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”
Cold water inlet KW R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”
Boiler supply HV R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” - - -
Boiler return HR R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” - - -

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Voltage U V - - - 400/230 400/230 400/230 400/230 400/230 400/230
Power P kW - - - 3.0/1.0 3.0/1.0 3.0/1.0 3.0/1.0 3.0/1.0 3.0/1.0
Flange Ø 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Compact

Energy efficiency class
B

• Horizontal indirect fired water heater

• Heavy duty S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) steel
• Corrosion resistant glass-lined tank according to German DIN 4753 Magnesium
• High capacity, low pressure-drop glass lined heat exchanger anode
H
• Factory mounted thermometer
• Extra thick PU-foam insulation
• Robust frame to carry 240 kg w
• Max. operating pressure: Tank : 10 bar, Coil : 16 bar
• Max. operating temperature: Tank : 95°C, Coil : 110°C
T
AC 150/1 - 250/1
Article No Article No Material Volume ØD Height Tilt Height Weight Heating Heat Loses EEC
Type
White Silver Group l mm mm mm kg Surface m2 W
AC 120/1_B 7850100 - 60 120 560 800 980 56.0 0.71 53 B
AC 150/1_B 7862800 7863100 62 153 620 590 995 85.0 0.9 41 B
AC 250/1_B 7862900 7863200 62 246 653 644 1095 114.0 0.9 61 B

111
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Load

Hot Water Storage Tank
Energy efficiency class
C

• Storage tank for hot water heating purposes ØD

• Heavy duty S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) quality steel
• Corrosion resistant glass-lined tank according to German DIN 4753
• Magnesium anode rod(s) for tank protection
• Factory mounted thermometer
• Extra thick 120 mm fleece insulation above 750 litres
delivered separately to be mounted on site
• Several possibilities to add electrical heating elements from 3 kW up to
100 kW (3000 lt). Consult kW table
• Clean-out and inspection access opening
• Max. operating pressure: 10 bar H
• Max. operating temperature: 95°C

Load

B
C

57 80

R - One Flange R - One Flange

AL 300 - 500/R AL 750 - 1000/R

Storage Material ØD Height Weight Inclination Energy Efficiency

Article No kg Height mm
Tank Type Group mm mm Class
AL 300/R 7844400 51 600 1834 90 1892 C
AL 500/R 7844500 51 700 1961 155 2044 C
AL 750/R 7844600 51 950 2010 214 1990 C
AL 1000/R 7844700 51 1050 2035 267 2025 C
AL 1500/R2 7844800 52 1240 2215 390 2220 C
AL 2000/R2 7844900 52 1440 2126 550 2235 C
AL 3000/R2 7845000 52 1440 2876 630 2848 -
AL 1500/R3 7845100 52 1240 2215 395 2220 C
AL 2000/R3 7845200 52 1440 2126 555 2235 C
AL 3000/R3 7845300 52 1440 2876 635 2848 -
AL 3000/R4 7845400 52 1440 2876 642 2848 -

TIPS FOR THE EXPERT

• Select a drinking water outlet temperature ≤ 60 °C if possible
to minimise the risk of calcification (heating medium temperature ≤ 70 °C).
• For a continual throughflow on the drinking water side, the calcification
risk is lower; if necessary, incorporate the circulation line on the cold water
side after the charging pump.
• Attention: For the design of the heat exchanger, the sum of the maximum
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

drinking water volume flow (VLade) and the circulation volume flow (VZirk)
is to be used.
• If used as flow heater without subsequent storage, always use
Heat Exchangers

quick controllers.

1 1/2“ Connection

Additional heating input by adding

EEHR electrical
heating element. Assembly on site

Option:
Flange + Seal with hole
112 Assembly on site
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Aqua Load

Hot Water Storage Tank
Energy efficiency class
C

Thermometer WW

Anode

Z
Anode
Sensor tube 1

h10
h1
h9 h2
Flange h3
h8 Sensor tube 2
h4
h7 KW h5
h6

R2 - Two Flanges R3 - Three Flanges R4 - Four Flanges

AL 1500 - 3000/R2 AL 1500 - 3000/R3 AL 3000/R4

Performance Table 300 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3000

Capacity litres 300 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3000

Diameter mm 600 700 910 1010 1200 1400 1400
Diameter without cover mm Ø Ø 750 850 1000 1200 1200
Height mm 1834 1961 2010 2035 2215 2126 2876
Height without cover mm Ø Ø 1932 1959 2122 2033 2800
Inclination height mm 1892 2044 1990 2025 2220 2235 2848
Net weight kg 87 96 195 248 366 522 630
R 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 2” 2” 2” 2” 2”
Battery charging L
(h1) mm 1546 1672 1908 1911 2049 1933 2691
R 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 2” 2” 2” 2” 2”
Hot water outlet WW
(h2) mm 1546 1672 1638 1646 1782 1648 2406
R 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 2” 2” 2” 2” 2”
Cold water inlet KW
(h6) mm 272 238 88 92 105 118 235
R 3/4” 3/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Circulation Z
(h3) mm 1180 1265 1143 1154 1357 1388 1966
Rp 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2”
(h4) mm 1180 1265 943 951 1077 1108 1546
Sensor tube
(h5) mm 272 238 288 296 322 353 391
R 150 150 225 225 225 225 225
(h7) mm 325 275 378 387 412 412 412
(h8) mm - - - - 812 812 812
Flange
(h9) mm - - - - 1212 1212 1212

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

(h10) mm - - - - - - 1612

Additional heating input by

adding EEHR/ EFHR electrical
Heat Exchangers

heating element and/or

removable heat exchanger.
Assembly on site

EFHR heating element

Water to water removable heat

exchanger RWT1 / RWT2

113
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Accessories
Reflex EEHR Electric Screw - in Heating Element 1 1/2”
• As supplementary electrical heating
• Assembly in 1 1/2” sleeve
• Suitable for Storatherm Aqua models with 1 1/2” G 1 1/2
socket or through flange adapter
• Safety temperature limiter (STL) 120°C
• Indicator light as operating display 88
• Degree of protection IP 45 EEHR
• On-site electrical connection
• Not approved for continuous operation L 118
• Water hardness max. 14 °dH

Material Tank Size Output Voltage L B H G

Type Article No
Group litres kW V mm mm mm mm
EEHR 2.0 9126474 68 > 100 2.00 ~ 230 / 3 ~ 400 190 88 88 118
EEHR 2.5 9126475 68 > 100 2.50 ~ 230 / 3 ~ 400 260 88 88 118
EEHR 3.0 9126476 68 > 100 3.00 ~ 230 / 3 ~ 400 260 88 88 118
EEHR 3.8 9126477 68 > 100 3.80 3 ~ 400 300 88 88 118
EEHR 4.5 9126478 68 > 300 4.50 3 ~ 400 340 88 88 118
EEHR 6.0 9126479 68 > 300 6.00 3 ~ 400 490 88 88 118
EEHR 7.5 9126480 68 > 750 7.50 3 ~ 400 590 88 88 118
EEHR 9.0 9126481 68 > 1000 9.00 3 ~ 400 650 88 88 118

Reflex Flange Adaptor For EEHR Electric Screw-in Heating Element

• For optional assembly of a 1 1/2” EEHR screw-in heater Material Tank Size Pitch Circle LK
Article No
Group litres mm
Flange

• Flange with holes replaces standard blind flange

on tank inspection opening 7760000 68 150-500 150
• Order seal separately 7760100 68 750-3000 225

Material Tank Size Pitch Circle LK

Article No
Group litres mm
Seal

7760900 68 150-500 150

7761000 68 750-3000 225

Reflex EFHR Electrical Flange - Type Heating Elements

• As supplementary electrical heating
• Approved for continuous operation
• Suitable for types:
Storatherm Aqua Heat Pump
Storatherm Aqua Solar
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Storatherm Aqua
Storatherm Aqua Load EEHR 4.0 - 35.0
• Trouble-free integration via the inspection opening of the storage tank
• Up to 10.0 kW LK 150 mm, from 16.0 kW LK 225 mm
Heat Exchangers

• 3 power levels, switchable

• With temperature control up to 95°C
• Safety temperature limiter 120°C B
• On-site electrical connection
• Incl. flange and seal

D L H
Material Tank Size Output Voltage L B H D
Type Article No
Group litres kW V mm mm mm mm
EFHR 4.0 9116314 68 150 - 500 4.0/2.7/2.0 3 ~ 400 V 295 150 110 185
EFHR 6.0 9116315 68 300 - 500 6.0/4.0/3.0 3 ~ 400 V 395 150 110 185
EFHR 8.0 9116316 68 300 - 500 8.0/5.5/4.0 3 ~ 400 V 495 150 110 185
EFHR 10.0 9116317 68 300 - 500 10.0/6.7/5.0 3 ~ 400 V 495 150 110 185
EFHR 16.0 9116501 68 750 - 3000 16.0 / 11.0 / 8.0 3 ~ 400 V 610 225 140 280
EFHR 19.0 9116502 68 1000 - 3000 19.0 / 12.7 / 9.0 3 ~ 400 V 740 225 140 280
EFHR 25.0 9115569 68 1000 - 3000 25.0 / 18.8 / 12.5 3 ~ 400 V 740 225 140 280
EFHR 35.0 9126720 68 1000 - 3000 35.0 / 26.4 / 17.5 3 ~ 400 V 900 225 140 280

114
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Reflex RWT Ribbed - Tube Heat Exchanger

• For integration with an additional heat generator,
e.g. a solar energy system
• Suitable for flange size LK 150 & LK 225
• RWT 1 (LK 150) : AB/AF 150 - 500 single & double coil
AH/AL 300 - 500
G 3/4
• RWT 2 (LK 225) : AB/AF/AL 750 - 3000
B
AH 750 - 1000
• Incl. counterflange and seal
• Made of ribbed copper pipe D L
• Max. operating pressure 10 bar
• Max. operating temperature 90°C

Material Power Surface L B D

Type Article No
Group kW m2 mm mm mm
RWT 1 7755900 68 9-11 1.1 420 150 110
RWT 2 7756300 68 31-39 2.3 540 225 170

Temperature Controller
• For integration with an additional heat generator,
e.g. a solar energy system
• Suitable for flange size LK 150 & LK 225
• RWT 1 (LK 150): AB/AF 150 - 500 single & double coil
AH/AL 300 - 500
• RWT 2 (LK 225): AB/AF/AL 750 - 3000
AH 750 - 1000
• Incl. counterflange and seal
• Made of ribbed copper pipe
• Max. operating pressure 10 bar Temperature controller
• Max. operating temperature 90°C

Material
Type Article No
Group
Temperature controller 7751100 68

Inlet Security Group

• Comprising a pressure relief valve (8 bar), check valve and gate valve
• Optimal protection for pressurised water heaters according to German standarts DVGW
• Flow rate: 4.0 m3/h at ∆P = 1.0 bar
• Connection: DN 20

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Load

B
C

57 80
Heat Exchangers

Material A L l H h
Type Article No
Group mm mm mm mm mm
Inlet security group 9119668 68 G 3/4 230 140 100 115

115
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Protection Anodes
• For cathodic protection against corrosion
• All Storatherm Aqua potable water storage tanks
have factory-fitted magnesium rod anodes
• From type AF 750/1, AF 750/2, AL 1500/R2, AH 750/1
and AH 750/2 with double anode
• Chain anode for retrofitting in case of low ceiling heights

Magnesium Anode Rod Chain Magnesium Anode

Type Article No Material Group Storage Tank Type

Magnesium Anode Rod 7751580 68 AF/AB 100/1

Magnesium Anode Rod 7757400 68 AC 120/1
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751400 68 AC 150/1; AF/AB 150/1
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751500 68 AF/AB 200/1, AF/AB 200/2, AC …/200
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751510 68 AL 300/R; AF/AB 300/1, AF/AB 300/2 Ø 700
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751520 68 AL 300/R - AL 500/R; AF/AB 400/1, AF/ AB 300/1 Ø 600; AF/AB 400/2
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751530 68 AL 500/R; AF/AB 500/1, AF/AB 500/2
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751540 68 AF 750/1 (2 pcs. required)
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751610 68 AH 300/1; AH 300/2; AF 1000/1 (2 pcs. required)
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751570 68 AH 400/1; AH 400/2; AF 750/2; AH 750/1; AH 750/2
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751590 68 AH 500/1; AH 500/2, AF 1000/2; AH 1000/1; AH 1000/2
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751560 68 AC 250/1
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751620 68 AL 750/R; AH 750/1; AH 750/2; AH 1000/1; AH 1000/2
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751630 68 AL 1000/R2
Magnesium Anode Rod 7751540 68 AL 1500/R2 - AL 3000/R2; AL 1500/R2 - AL 3000/R2 (2 pcs. required)
Not for AC 120/1; AC 150/1; AC 250/1; AF 750/ 1 - AF 3000/1;
Chain Magnesium Anode 7751600 68
AL 750/R - AL 3000/ R2: AH 750/1; AH 1000/1; AH 750/2; AH 1000/2

Active Anode
• Maintenance-free long-term protection in accordance
with DIN 4753 T3 and T6
• Voltage-controlled power supply 230 V; 50/60 Hz
• Non-wearing titanium electrodes
• Protection category II
• Reducer G 1 - G 3/4 on site

Active Anode
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Type Article No Material Group Storage Tank Type

Active anodes 7751300 68 Not for AC 120/1 Reducer G1-G 3/4 on site
Active anodes 9119365 68 Not for AF 1500-2000
Heat Exchangers

Control Thermostat For Electrial Heating Element

Type Article No Material Group Suitable For

Control thermostat 9200445 68 EEHR

Control thermostat 9200447 68 EFHR

Control Thermostat

116
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Buffer Tanks
• Storatherm Heat, Steel accumulation heating
& Cooling balancing tanks

Load

80

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Heat Exchangers

117
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Heat
Buffer Storage Tank For Heating & Cooling Without Flange
Energy efficiency class
C

• Storage tank made of heavy gauge steel S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) ØD ØD

• Up to 2000 litres delivered with removable 90 mm PU flexible foam
insulation with white or silver foil cladding
• For cooling water systems, Storatherm buffer storage tanks are also
available without foam insulation (type “H”) ; in this case, appropriate
diffusion-resistant insulation must be provided on-site
• Untreated on the inside, with an outer plastic coating
• Max. operating pressure for storage tank 3 bar
(6 bar above 1500 litres)
• Max. operating temperature for storage tank 95°C
• Storatherm Heat HF: buffer storage tank with insulation H
but without heating coil our inspection flange
• Storatherm Heat H: same as above but without insulation,
heating coil our inspection flange
II Storatherm Heat HF 300/R

• Insulation for heating water systems for 3000 l, C

4000 l and 5000 l sizes is available separately

80

H 300 - 5000 HF 300 - 2000

Buffer storage tank with jacket, without heating coil or inspection flange
Outer Jacket
Storage Article No Article No Material ØD Height H Couplings Inclination Weight Heat Loss
Fire EEC
Tank Type White Silver Group mm mm 9x Height mm kg W
Classification
HF 300 - 7839100 63 797 1320 Rp 1 1/2 1355 59.0 79 B2 C
HF 500 - 7839200 63 797 1950 Rp 1 1/2 1974 72.0 106 B2 C
HF 800 - 7839300 63 990 1825 Rp 1 1/2 1870 124.0 132 B2 C
HF 1000 - 7839400 63 990 2115 Rp 1 1/2 2153 139.0 141 B2 C
HF 1500 - 7839500 63 1240 2120 Rp 1 1/2 2178 186.0 167 B2 C
HF 2000 - 7839600 63 1440 2122 Rp 1 1/2 2200 266.0 188 B2 C

Buffer storage tank without jacket, heating coil or inspection flange

Storage Material ØD Height H Couplings Inclination Weight
Article No
Tank Type Group mm mm 9x Height mm kg
H 300 7783600 63 597 1320 Rp 1 1/2 1355 58.0
H 500 7783800 63 597 1950 Rp 1 1/2 1975 71.0
H 800 7784005 63 790 1825 Rp 1 1/2 1870 121.0
H 1000 7784205 63 790 2115 Rp 1 1/2 2153 135.0
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

H 1500 7784400 63 1000 2120 Rp 1 1/2 2178 181.0

H 2000 7784600 63 1200 2122 Rp 1 1/2 2200 257.0
H 3000 7788200 63 1500 2101 R2 2205 570.0
H 4000 7788500 63 1500 2676 R2 2756 677.0
Heat Exchangers

H 5000 7788800 63 1500 3211 R2 3264 814.0

Additional EEHR electrical

heating element can be added.
Assembly on site

1 1/2” Connection

118
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Heat
Buffer Storage Tank For Heating & Cooling With Flange
Energy efficiency class
C

• Storage tank made of heavy gauge steel S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) ØD ØD

• Up to 2000 litres delivered with removable 90 mm PU flexible foam
insulation with white or silver foil cladding
• For cooling water systems, Storatherm buffer storage tanks are also
available without foam insulation (type “H”) ; in this case, appropriate
diffusion-resistant insulation must be provided on-site
• Untreated on the inside, with an outer plastic coating
• Max. operating pressure for storage tank 3 bar
(6 bar above 1500 litres)
• Max. operating temperature for storage tank 95°C
• Storatherm Heat HF/R: with additional cleaning H
and inspection flange, LK 150 mm
• Storatherm Heat H/R: same as above but without insulation
• Insulation for heating water systems for 3000 l,
II Storatherm Heat HF 300/R

4000 l and 5000 l sizes is available separately C

Ø 150
Inspection
Flange
80

H 300 - 5000/R HF 300 - 2000/R

Buffer storage tank without heating coil, with jacket and inspection flange
Outer Jacket
Storage Article No Article No Material ØD Height H Couplings Inclination Weight Heat Loss
Fire EEC
Tank Type White Silver Group mm mm 9x Height mm kg W
Classification
HF 300/R 7842600 7942000 63 797 1320 Rp 1 1/2 1355 62.0 79 B2 C
HF 500/R 7842700 7942100 63 797 1950 Rp 1 1/2 1974 75.0 106 B2 C
HF 800/R 7842800 7942200 63 990 1825 Rp 1 1/2 1870 127.0 132 B2 C
HF 1000/R 7842900 7942300 63 990 2115 Rp 1 1/2 2153 142.0 141 B2 C
HF 1500/R 7843000 7942400 63 1240 2120 Rp 1 1/2 2178 189.0 167 B2 C
HF 2000/R 7843100 7942500 63 1440 2122 Rp 1 1/2 2200 269.0 188 B2 C

Buffer storage tank without heating coil and jacket, with inspection flange
Storage Material ØD Height H Couplings Inclination Weight
Article No
Tank Type Group mm mm 9x Height mm kg
H 300/R 7783600 63 597 1320 Rp 1 1/2 1355 58.0
H 500/R 7783800 63 597 1950 Rp 1 1/2 1975 71.0
H 800/R 7784005 63 790 1825 Rp 1 1/2 1870 121.0
H 1000/R 7784205 63 790 2115 Rp 1 1/2 2153 135.0

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

H 1500/R 7784400 63 1000 2120 Rp 1 1/2 2178 181.0
H 2000/R 7784600 63 1200 2122 Rp 1 1/2 2200 257.0
H 3000/R 7788200 63 1500 2101 R2 2205 570.0
H 4000/R 7788500 63 1500 2676 R2 2756 677.0
Heat Exchangers

H 5000/R 7788800 63 1500 3211 R2 3264 814.0

Additional heating input by adding EEHR electrical

heating element and/or removable heat exchanger
Assembly on site

out
in

Water to water removable heat

exchanger only RWT1 119
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Heat
Storatherm Buffer Storage Tank For Single Heating & Cooling With Coil
Energy efficiency class
C

• Storage tank made of heavy gauge steel S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) ØD ØD

• Up to 2000 litres delivered with removable 90 mm PU flexible foam
insulation with white or silver foil cladding
• For cooling water systems, Storatherm buffer storage tanks are also
available without foam insulation (type “H”) ; in this case, appropriate
diffusion-resistant insulation must be provided on-site
• Untreated on the inside, with an outer plastic coating
• Max. operating pressure for storage tank 3 bar (6 bar above 1500 litres)
• Max. operating pressure for heat exchanger 16 bar
• Max. operating temperature for storage tank 95°C
• Max. operating temperature for heat exchanger 110°C H
• Storatherm Heat HF/1: with a smooth tube heat exchanger for
connecting an additional heat source
• Storatherm Heat H/1: same as above but without insulation
II Storatherm Heat HF 300/1

• Insulation for heating water systems for 3000 l, 4000 l and 5000 l C

sizes is available separately

• Additional 3 kW electrical heating element can be added.
Assembly on site. 80

H 300 - 5000/1 HF 300 - 2000/1

Buffer storage tank with jacket and single coil, without inspection flange

Storage Article No Article No Material ØD Height H Couplings Inclination Weight Heating

EEC
Tank Type White Silver Group mm mm 9x Height mm kg Surface m2

HF 300/1 7843800 7843200 63 797 1320 Rp 1 1/2 1355 82.0 1.34 C

HF 500/1 7843900 7843300 63 797 1950 Rp 1 1/2 1974 100.0 1.88 C
HF 800/1 7844000 7843400 63 990 1825 Rp 1 1/2 1870 197.0 3.76 C
HF 1000/1 7844100 7843500 63 990 2115 Rp 1 1/2 2153 225.0 4.48 C
HF 1500/1 7844200 7843600 63 1240 2120 Rp 1 1/2 2178 272.0 4.48 C
HF 2000/1 7844300 7843700 63 1440 2122 Rp 1 1/2 2200 352.0 4.48 C

Buffer storage tank with single coil, without jacket and inspection flange
Storage Material ØD Height H Couplings Inclination Weight Heating
Article No
Tank Type Group mm mm 9x Height mm kg Surface m2
H 300/1 7783700 63 597 1320 R 1 1/2 1355 74.0 1.34
H 500/1 7783900 63 597 1950 R 1 1/2 1975 95.0 1.88
H 800/1 7784115 63 790 1825 R 1 1/2 1870 190.0 3.76
H 1000/1 7784315 63 790 2115 R 1 1/2 2153 216.0 4.48
H 1500/1 7784500 63 1000 2120 R 1 1/2 2178 265.0 4.48
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

H 2000/1 7784700 63 1200 2122 R 1 1/2 2200 341.0 4.48

H 3000/1 7788300 63 1500 2101 R2 2205 637.0 5.00
H 4000/1 7788600 63 1500 2676 R2 2756 754.0 6.00
Heat Exchangers

H 5000/1 7788900 63 1500 3211 R2 3264 871.0 7.00

120
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Heat
Storatherm Buffer Storage Tank For Double Heating & Cooling With Coil
Energy efficiency class
C

• Storage tank made of heavy gauge steel S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) ØD ØD

• Up to 2000 litres delivered with removable 90 mm PU flexible foam
insulation with white or silver foil cladding
• For cooling water systems, Storatherm buffer storage tanks are also
available without foam insulation (type “H”) ; in this case, appropriate
diffusion-resistant insulation must be provided on-site
• Untreated on the inside, with an outer plastic coating
• Max. operating pressure for storage tank 3 bar (6 bar above 1500 litres)
• Max. operating pressure for heat exchanger 16 bar
• Max. operating temperature for storage tank 95°C
• Max. operating temperature for heat exchanger 110°C H
• Storatherm Heat HF/2: with two smooth tube heat exchangers for
connecting an additional heat source
• Storatherm Heat H/2: same as above but without insulation II Storatherm Heat HF 300/1

• Additional screw electrical heating element can be added. C

Assembly on site.

80

H 500 - 2000/2 HF 500 - 1500/2

Buffer storage tank with jacket and double coil, without inspection flange
Heating Surface
Storage Article No Article No Material ØD Height H Couplings Inclination Weight
Top / Buttom EEC
Tank Type White Silver Group mm mm 9x Height mm kg
m2
HF 500/2 - 7837100 63 797 1950 Rp 1 1/2 1974 125.0 1.20/1.90 C
HF 800/2 - 7837200 63 990 1825 Rp 1 1/2 1870 267.0 1.40/2.50 C
HF 1000/2 - 7837300 63 990 2115 Rp 1 1/2 2153 308.0 2.50/3.10 C
HF 1500/2 - 7837400 63 1240 2120 Rp 1 1/2 2178 355.0 2.40/3.70 C

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Heat Exchangers

121
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Storatherm Heat Combi

Combi Buffer Storage Tank With Single Coil For Heating and Sanitary Hot Water
Energy efficiency class
C

• Combined storage tank for sanitary hot water and back-up for heating systems ØD
• Storage tank made of heavy gauge steel S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2)
• Sanitary hot water heating through large-volume corrugated stainless steel coil
• Including high capacity single heating coil (HC.../1)
• Incl. 120 mm fleece insulation with a robust outer cladding (silver)
• Untreated on the inside, with an outer plastic coating
• Heating surfaces: Max. 10 bar/110°C
• Buffer storage tank: Max. 3 bar/95°C
Sanitary Hot
• Sanitary hot water: Max. 6 bar/95°C
Water Coil
• Fire classification of jacket-B2
H

II Storatherm Heat HC 500/1

Heating Coil
C

106

500

HC 500 - 1500/1
Combi buffer storage tank with jacket and single coil, without inspection flange
Heating Outer Jacket
Storage Article No Material ØD Height H Inclination Weight Performance Heat Loss
Surface Fire EEC
Tank Type Silver Group mm mm Height mm kg Kw W
m2 Classification
HC 500/1 7859200 63 800 1970 1974 92.0 29 1.60 106 B2 C
HC 800/1 7859300 63 990 1850 1870 131.0 47 2.60 132 B2 C
HC 1000/1 7859400 63 990 2140 2153 152.0 47 2.60 141 B2 C
HC 1500/1 7859500 63 1240 2130 2178 219.0 39 2.15 167 B2 C
* Outputs for HW-VL 70-80°C with 0,65 m3/h, TW of 10°C to 45°C

Combi Buffer Storage Tank With Double Coil For Heating and Sanitary Hot Water
Energy efficiency class
C

• Combined storage tank for sanitary hot water and back-up for heating systems ØD
• Storage tank made of heavy gauge steel S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2)
• Sanitary hot water heating through large-volume corrugated stainless steel coil
• Including high capacity double heating coil (HC.../2)
• Incl. 120 mm fleece insulation with a robust outer cladding (silver) Sanitary Hot
• Untreated on the inside, with an outer plastic coating Water Coil
• Heating surfaces: Max. 10 bar/110°C
• Buffer storage tank: Max. 3 bar/95°C Upper Heating Coil
• Sanitary hot water: Max. 6 bar/95°C
• Fire classification of jacket-B2
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

II Storatherm Heat HC 500/2

Heat Exchangers

Lower Heating Coil

C

106

500

HC 500 - 1500/2
Combi buffer storage tank with jacket and double coil, without inspection flange
Performance Heating Surface Outer Jacket
Storage Article No Material ØD Height H Inclination Weight Heat Loss
top/buttom top/buttom Fire EEC
Tank Type Silver Group mm mm Height mm kg W
Kw m2 Classification
HC 500/2 7859200 63 840 1970 1974 106.0 21/29 1.14/1.60 106 B2 C
HC 800/2 7859300 63 1030 1850 1870 152.0 32/47 1.75/2.60 132 B2 C
HC 1000/2 7859400 63 1030 2140 2153 179.0 40/47 2.20/2.60 141 B2 C
HC 1500/2 7859500 63 1240 2130 2178 237.0 27/39 1.50/2.15 167 B2 C

* Outputs for HW-VL 70-80°C with 0,65 m3/h, TW of 10°C to 45°C

122
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Accessories
Reflex RWT Ribbed - Tube Heat Exchanger
• For integration with an additional heat generator,
e.g. a solar energy system
• Suitable for flange size LK 150
• Counterflange and seal (see below) G 3/4

• Made of ribbed copper pipe B

• Max. operating pressure 10 bar
• Max. operating temperature 90°C D L

Material Power* Surface L B D

Type Article No
Group kW m2 mm mm mm
RWT 1 7755900 68 9-11 1.1 420 150 110

Reflex EEHR Electric Screw - in Heating Element 1 1/2”

• As supplementary electrical heating
• Assembly in 1 1/2” sleeve
• Suitable for Storatherm Aqua models with 1 1/2”
socket or through flange adapter G 1 1/2
• Safety temperature limiter (STL) 120°C
• Indicator light as operating display 88
• Degree of protection IP 45
EEHR
• On-site electrical connection
• Not approved for continuous operation L 118
• Water hardness max. 14 °dH

Material Tank Size Output Voltage L B H G

Type Article No
Group litres kW V mm mm mm mm
EEHR 2.0 9126474 68 > 100 2.00 ~ 230 / 3 ~ 400 190 88 88 118
EEHR 2.5 9126475 68 > 100 2.50 ~ 230 / 3 ~ 400 260 88 88 118
EEHR 3.0 9126476 68 > 100 3.00 ~ 230 / 3 ~ 400 260 88 88 118
EEHR 3.8 9126477 68 > 100 3.80 3 ~ 400 300 88 88 118
EEHR 4.5 9126478 68 > 300 4.50 3 ~ 400 340 88 88 118
EEHR 6.0 9126479 68 > 300 6.00 3 ~ 400 490 88 88 118
EEHR 7.5 9126480 68 > 750 7.50 3 ~ 400 590 88 88 118
EEHR 9.0 9126481 68 > 1000 9.00 3 ~ 400 650 88 88 118

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Spare Parts For EEHR Electricial Screw in Heater Heat Exchangers

Material
Type Article No Suitable Types
Group
Thermostat controller 9200445 68 EEHR
Seal 1 1/2” for electrical element 9119368 68 EEHR

123
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers
Hot Water Storage Tanks &
Heat Exchangers

124
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Heat Exchangers

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Heat Exchangers

125
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Longtherm
Longtherm With Threaded Connections
• Suitable for district heating, solar heating, floor heating and service
water systems
• Heat exchanger made of stainless steel panels soldered with copper
filler metal without counterflanges, screws or seals
• Approval in acc. with the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC
• Plate material: Stainless steel AISI 316
• Brazing material: Copper
• Max. operating temperature 195°C
• Max. excess operating pressure 30 bar
• Robust plate design for high heat exchanger strength
• High performance for maximum heat transfer

rhc 15 rhc 40 rhc 60

Duct Shape Number of Article No Article No Material L W/w H/h Weight Contents Contents
mm Connection
and Model Plates rhc rlc Group mm mm kg (L) s1/s2 (L) s3/s4
rhc 15 10 6712100 - 76 51 74/40 204/170 1.4 0.10 0.13
rch rhc 15 20 6712200 - 76 74 74/40 204/170 1.9 G 3/4 0.23 0.25
15 rhc 15 30 6712300 - 76 97 74/40 204/170 2.4 0.35 0.38
rhc 40 10 6713100 - 76 53 124/73 335/281 3.2 0.26 0.33
rhc 40 20 6713200 - 76 76 124/73 335/281 4.5 0.59 0.65
rhc 40 30 6713300 - 76 99 124/73 335/281 5.8 0.91 0.98
G1
rhc 40 40 6713400 - 76 122 124/73 335/281 7.1 1.24 1.30
rhc 40 50 6713500 - 76 145 124/73 335/281 8.4 1.56 1.63
rhc 40 60 6713600 - 76 168 124/73 335/281 9.7 1.89 1.95
rhc 60 6 6714100 - 76 44 124/73 532/478 3.7 0.20 0.30
rhc 60 8 6714200 - 76 49 124/73 532/478 3.9 0.30 0.40
rhc 60 10 6714300 - 76 53 124/73 532/478 4.4 0.40 0.50
rhc 60 14 6714400 - 76 63 124/73 532/478 5.2 0.60 0.70
rhc 60 20 6714500 - 76 76 124/73 532/478 6.5 0.90 1.00
rhc 60 24 6714600 - 76 86 124/73 532/478 7.3 1.10 1.20
G 1/4
rhc 60 30 6714700 - 76 99 124/73 532/478 8.6 1.40 1.50
rhc 60 40 6714800 - 76 122 124/73 532/478 10.7 1.90 2.00
rhc 60 50 6714900 - 76 145 124/73 532/478 12.8 2.40 2.50
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

rhc 60 60 6715000 - 76 168 124/73 532/478 14.9 2.90 3.00

rhc 60 80 6715100 - 76 214 124/73 532/478 19.1 3.90 4.00
rhc 60 100 6715200 - 76 260 124/73 532/478 23.3 4.90 5.00
Heat Exchangers

126
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Longtherm With Threaded Connections

W
w L

H h

rhc 85 - rhc 150 - rhc 200

Duct Shape Number of Article No Article No Material L W/w H/h Weight Contents Contents
mm Connection
and Model Plates rhc rlc Group mm mm kg (L) s1/s2 (L) s3/s4
r...c 85 30 G 2 6719100 6718100 76 145 271/200 532/460 27.6 3.22 3.45
r...c 85 40 G 2 6719200 6718200 76 168 271/200 532/460 33.0 4.37 4.60
r...c 85 50 G 2 6719300 6718300 76 191 271/200 532/460 38.4 5.52 5.75
r...c 85 60 G 2 6719400 6718400 76 214 271/200 532/460 43.8 G2 6.67 6.90
r...c 85 80 G 2 6719500 6718500 76 260 271/200 532/460 54.6 8.97 9.20
r...c 85 100 G 2 6719600 6718600 76 306 271/200 532/460 65.4 11.27 11.50
r...c 85 120 G 2 6719700 6718700 76 352 271/200 532/460 76.2 13.57 13.80
rhc 150 50 G 2 1/2 6721100 - 76 197 271/161 532/421 39.4 5.30 5.53
rhc 150 60 G 2 1/2 6721200 - 76 221 271/161 532/421 44.8 6.41 6.63
rhc 150 80 G 2 1/2 6721300 - 76 269 271/161 532/421 55.6 8.62 8.84
rhc 150 100 G 2 1/2 6721400 - 76 317 271/161 532/421 66.4 10.83 11.05
G 2 1/2
rhc 150 120 G 2 1/2 6721500 - 76 365 271/161 532/421 77.2 13.04 13.26
rhc 150 150 G 2 1/2 6721600 - 76 437 271/161 532/421 93.4 16.35 16.58
rhc 150 180 G 2 1/2 6721800 - 76 509 271/161 532/421 109.6 19.67 19.89
rhc 150 200 G 2 1/2 6721700 - 76 557 271/161 532/421 120.4 21.88 22.10
rhc 200 50 G 2 1/2 6723100 - 76 197 271/161 802/690 53.9 9.58 9.98
rhc 200 60 G 2 1/2 6723200 - 76 221 271/161 802/690 61.9 11.57 11.97
rhc 200 80 G 2 1/2 6723300 - 76 269 271/161 802/690 77.9 15.56 15.96
rhc 200 100 G 2 1/2 6723400 - 76 317 271/161 802/690 93.9
G 2 1/2
19.55 19.95
Hot Water Storage Tanks &
rhc 200 120 G 2 1/2 6723500 - 76 365 271/161 802/690 109.9 23.54 23.94
rhc 200 150 G 2 1/2 6723600 - 76 437 271/161 802/690 133.9 29.53 29.93
Heat Exchangers
rhc 200 180 G 2 1/2 6723800 - 76 509 271/161 802/690 157.9 35.51 35.91
rhc 200 200 G 2 1/2 6723700 - 76 557 271/161 802/690 173.9 39.50 39.90

127
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Longtherm
Longtherm With Flanged Connections
• Suitable for district heating, solar heating, floor heating and service
water systems
• Heat exchanger made of stainless steel panels soldered with copper
filler metal flange connections, from rhc 150 special flange
• Approval in acc. with the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC
• Plate material: Stainless steel AISI 316
• Brazing material: Copper
• Max. operating temperature 195°C
• Max. excess operating pressure 30 bar
• Robust plate design for high heat exchanger strength
• High performance for maximum heat transfer

rhc 150*

Duct Shape Number of Article No Article No Material L1) W/w H/h Weight Contents Contents
mm Connection
and Model Plates rhc rlc Group mm mm kg (L) s1/s2 (L) s3/s4
r..c 85 30 6717100 6716100 76 180 271/200 532/460 38.0 3.22 3.45
rch r..c 85 40 6717200 6716200 76 203 271/200 532/460 43.4 4.37 4.60
15
r..c 85 50 6717300 6716300 76 226 271/200 532/460 48.8 Flange 5.52 5.75
r..c 85 60 6717400 6716400 76 249 271/200 532/460 54.2 DN 50/ 6.67 6.90
r..c 85 80 6717500 6716500 76 295 271/200 532/460 65.0 PN 40 8.97 9.20
r..c 85 100 6717600 6716600 76 341 271/200 532/460 75.8 11.27 11.50
r..c 85 120 6717700 6716700 76 387 271/200 532/460 86.6 13.57 13.80
rhc 150 50 6720100 - 76 194 271/161 532/421 45.8 5.30 5.53
rhc 150 60 6720200 - 76 218 271/161 532/421 51.2 6.41 6.63
rhc 150 80 6720300 - 76 266 271/161 532/421 62.0 8.62 8.84
rhc 150 100 6720400 - 76 314 271/161 532/421 72.8 Flange 10.83 11.05
DN 65/
rhc 150 120 6720500 - 76 362 271/161 532/421 83.6 PN 40 13.04 13.26
rhc 150 150 6720600 - 76 434 271/161 532/421 99.8 16.35 16.58
rhc 150 180 6720800 - 76 506 271/161 532/421 116.0 19.67 19.89
rhc 150 200 6720700 - 76 554 271/161 532/421 126.8 21.88 22.10

1) Length of rhc 150, rhc 200, rhc 300 without counterflange

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

*Foot construction and transport straps are not included in the standard delivery
Heat Exchangers

When ordering, we recommend ordering 2 sets (equal to 4 units)

of counterflanges per heat exchanger.

Starting at size rhc 150, it is a requirement to order 2 sets (equal to 4 units)

of counterflanges per heat exchanger

128
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Longtherm With Flanged Connections

W
w L

H h

rhc 200* rhc 300

Duct Shape Number of Article No Article No Material L W/w H/h Weight Contents Contents
mm Connection
and Model Plates rhc rlc Group mm mm kg (L) s1/s2 (L) s3/s4
rhc 200 50 6722100 - 76 194 271/161 802/690 60.3 9.58 9.98
rhc 200 60 6722200 - 76 218 271/161 802/690 68.3 11.57 11.97
rhc 200 80 6722300 - 76 266 271/161 802/690 84.3 Flange 15.56 15.96
rhc 200 100 6722400 - 76 314 271/161 802/690 100.3 DN 65/ 19.55 19.95
rhc 200 120 6722500 - 76 362 271/161 802/690 116.3 PN 40 23.54 23.94
rhc 200 150 6722600 - 76 434 271/161 802/690 140.3 29.53 29.93
rhc 200 180 6722800 - 76 506 271/161 802/690 164.3 35.51 35.91
rhc 200 200 6722700 - 76 554 271/161 802/690 180.3 39.50 39.90
rhc 300 50 6724100 - 76 284 386/237 875/723 114.5 14.40 15.00
rhc 300 60 6724200 - 76 308 386/237 875/723 127.0 17.40 18.00
rhc 300 80 6724300 - 76 356 386/237 875/723 152.0 Flange 23.40 24.00
rhc 300 100 6724400 - 76 404 386/237 875/723 177.0 DN 100/ 29.40 30.00
rhc 300 120 6724500 - 76 452 386/237 875/723 202.0 PN 40 35.40 36.00
rhc 300 150 6724600 - 76 524 386/237 875/723 239.5 44.40 45.00
rhc 300 180 6724900 - 76 596 386/237 875/723 277.0 53.40 54.00
rhc 300 200 6724700 - 76 644 386/237 875/723 302.0 59.40 60.00

*Foot construction and transport straps are not included in the standard delivery

Hot Water Storage Tanks &

Heat Exchangers

Starting at size rhc 150, it is a requirement to order 2 sets (equal to 4 units)

of counterflanges per heat exchanger

129
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Accessories
Longtherm Connections Options
• Flat-sealed threaded connections, including seal,
system connection as external thread, soldered end or welded end
• Starting at size rhc 150, the heat exchangers are equipped with special flanges
• Set, consisting of 2 units, only delivered as a set

With external thread - brass

Screw Connection Material L
Article No G1 G2
for type Group mm
rhc 15 6762100 77 3/4 1/2 36
rhc 40 6762200 77 1 3/4 41
rhc 60 6762300 77 1 1/4 1 51
r...c 85 6762400 77 2 1 1/2 60
rhc 150 6762500 77 2 1/2 2 66
rhc 200 6762500 77 2 1/2 2 66

With welded end - steel

Screw Connection Material L
Article No G1 G2
for type Group mm
rhc 15 6760100 77 3/4 21.2 30
rhc 40 6760200 77 1 26.9 30
rhc 60 6760300 77 1 1/4 33.7 40
r...c 85 6760400 77 2 48.3 40
rhc 150 6760500 77 2 1/2 60.3 50
rhc 200 6760500 77 2 1/2 60.3 50

With soldered end - brass

Screw Connection Material L
Article No G1 G2
for type Group mm
rhc 15 6761100 77 3/4 18 16
rhc 40 6761200 77 1 22 19
rhc 60 6761300 77 1 1/4 28 22

Counterflange - stainless steel

Material Ø
Flange For Type Article No DN
Group mm
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

rhc 150 6770200 77 65 76.1

rhc 200 6770200 77 65 76.1
rhc 300 6770400 77 100 114.3
Heat Exchangers

Counterflange - steel
Material Ø
Flange For Type Article No DN
Group mm
rhc 150 6770100 77 65 76.1
rhc 200 6770100 77 65 76.1
rhc 300 6770300 77 100 114.3

When ordering, we recommend ordering 2 sets (equal to 4 units)

of counterflanges per heat exchanger.

130
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Longtherm Thermal Insulation

• Longtherm thermal insulation made from 20 mm polyurethane rigid foam for minimal heat loss
• Design consisting of two robust semi-circular shells, easy to mount
• Encased in PS foil for increased shock resistance
• Maximum operating temperature 135°C
• Starting at type rhc 150/180, the 40 mm mineral wool thermal insulation is fitted
with with an aluminium outer cladding
H

L W

Dimensions
Model Number of Plates Article No Material Group
L x W x H mm
rhc 15 10-20 6750000 77 108 x 127 x 282
rhc 15 30 6750100 77 153 x 127 x 282
rhc 40 10-20 6750200 77 128 x 179 x 400
rhc 40 30-40 6750300 77 174 x 179 x 400
rhc 40 50-60 6750400 77 218 x 179 x 400
rhc 60 6-24 6750500 77 150 x 179 x 600
rhc 60 30-40 6750600 77 180 x 179 x 600
rhc 60 50-60 6750700 77 228 x 179 x 600
rhc 60 80-100 6750800 77 322 x 179 x 600
r...c 85 30-40 6750900 77 180 x 325 x 600
r...c 85 50-60 6751000 77 228 x 325 x 600
r...c 85 80-100 6751100 77 322 x 325 x 600
r...c 85 120 6751200 77 440 x 325 x 600
rhc 150 50-60 6751300 77 228 x 325 x 600
rhc 150 80-100 6751400 77 322 x 325 x 600
rhc 150 120-150 6751500 77 440 x 325 x 600
rhc 150 180-200 6751600 77 580 x 358 x 620
rhc 200 50-80 6751700 77 297 x 358 x 890
rhc 200 100-120 6751800 77 390 x 358 x 890
rhc 200 150 6751900 77 459 x 358 x 890
rhc 200 180-200 6752000 77 574 x 358 x 890
rhc 300 50-80 6752100 77 318 x 520 x 980
rhc 300 100-150 6752200 77 483 x 520 x 980
rhc 300 180-200 6752300 77 647 x 520 x 980

The thermal insulation is not suitable for cooling systems/plants

Longtherm Bracket Hot Water Storage Tanks &

• A stable foot construction is available for models 85 and 150.

Heat Exchangers

A foot construction complete with transport strap that can be removed

after assembly is offered for model 200.

Model rhc 300 is supplied as standard with a leg construction and transport strap.
Material a b c
Type Article No
Group mm mm mm
b c
r...c 85 6771100 77 138 598 -
rhc 150 6771100 77 158 579 -
rhc 200 6771300 77 158 848 989
rhc 300 -1) - 231 954 1092
1) Included with the rhc 300
a

rhc 150*

131
 Hot Water Storage Tanks & Heat Exchangers

Accessories
Quick Selection Table For Reflex Longtherm
• For detailed calculations, refer to our brochure “Pressurisation Systems - Planning, Calculation, Equipment” or visit
www.reflex.de to use our Reflex Pro calculation software

Floor Heating

Primary Circuit 70/50°C 70/50°C 55/49°C 55/40°C 80/60°C 80/60°C

Secondary Circuit 40/50°C 35/45°C 40/45°C 30/40°C 50/70°C 55/75°C Article No
Thermal
HEAT OUTPUT Insulation
Type Article No
kW kW kW kW kW kW
rhc 15/10 6712100 11 8 11 4 - - 6750000
rhc 15/20 6712200 22 22 22 10 5 - 6750100
rhc 15/30 6712300 32 32 32 15 10 - 6750200
rhc 40/10 6713100 13 13 13 5 11 - 6750200
rhc 40/20 6713200 27 27 27 12 31 4 6750300
rhc 40/30 6713300 40 40 40 19 52 8 6750300
rhc 40/40 6713400 53 53 53 25 73 11 6750300
rhc 40/50 6713500 64 65 65 32 95 15 6750400
rhc 40/60 6713600 75 76 76 37 116 18 6750400
rhc 60/10 6714300 11 11 11 - 19 8 6750500
rhc 60/14 6714400 16 16 16 - 28 14 6750500
rhc 60/20 6714500 23 23 23 10 42 24 6750500
rhc 60/24 6714600 28 28 28 13 52 31 6750500
rhc 60/30 6714700 35 34 35 16 65 41 6750600
Designed for maximum pressure losses: 20 kPa (2mWs)

Potable Water Heating

Primary Circuit 70/50°C 70/50°C 55/49°C 55/40°C 80/60°C 80/60°C

Secondary Circuit 40/50°C 35/45°C 40/45°C 30/40°C 50/70°C 55/75°C Article No
Thermal
HEAT OUTPUT Insulation
Type Article No
kW kW kW kW kW kW
rhc 15/20 6712200 14 - - - - - 6750000
rhc 15/30 6712300 24 - 6 - - 8 6750100
rhc 40/10 6713100 27 - 7 - - 9 6750200
rhc 40/20 6713200 54 8 20 11 9 25 6750200
rhc 40/30 6713300 81 14 33 18 16 40 6750300
rhc 40/40 6713400 106 20 47 26 23 53 6750300
rhc 40/50 6713500 129 26 61 33 30 65 6750400
rhc 40/60 6713600 151 32 75 41 37 76 6750400
rhc 60/10 6714300 24 15 29 19 17 10 6750500
rhc 60/14 6714400 33 27 41 33 31 16 6750500
rhc 60/20 6714500 48 45 59 55 51 23 6750500
rhc 60/24 6714600 57 57 71 70 66 28 6750500
rhc 60/30 6714700 71 76 88 90 90 34 6750600
Designed for maximum pressure losses: 20 kPa (2mWs)
* 38% glycol
Hot Water Storage Tanks &

District Heating

Primary Circuit 70/50°C 70/50°C 55/49°C 55/40°C 80/60°C 80/60°C

Heat Exchangers

Secondary Circuit 40/50°C 35/45°C 40/45°C 30/40°C 50/70°C 55/75°C Article No

Thermal
HEAT OUTPUT Insulation
Type Article No
kW kW kW kW kW kW
rhc 15/10 6712100 - 5 3 - - - 6750000
rhc 15/20 6712200 4 16 11 - 10 5 6750100
rhc 15/30 6712300 7 27 18 - 16 9 6750200
rhc 40/10 6713100 9 27 21 - 19 11 6750200
rhc 40/20 6713200 27 54 59 10 52 32 6750300
rhc 40/30 6713300 45 80 98 16 83 54 6750300
rhc 40/40 6713400 65 105 136 23 108 76 6750300
rhc 40/50 6713500 83 129 161 30 129 97 6750400
rhc 40/60 6713600 101 150 189 37 150 120 6750400
rhc 60/10 6714300 45 23 29 17 23 29 6750500
rhc 60/14 6714400 67 33 41 30 33 41 6750500
rhc 60/20 6714500 94 47 59 51 47 59 6750500
rhc 60/24 6714600 112 56 71 65 56 70 6750500
rhc 60/30 6714700 140 70 88 84 70 87 6750600
Designed for maximum pressure losses: 20 kPa (2mWs)

132
 Services

Services

Services

133
 Reflex Added Value
Award-winning design software: Reflex Pro

The powerful Reflex Pro family Perfectly tailored for the requirements
of the specialist on-site

Our powerful Reflex Pro family of software tools for design, dimensioning Tpe Reflex Pro App: always at your side, fast and reliable. Reflex Pro is perfectly
and quotation process is availeble — free-of-charge — under suited for mobile project determination, inital consultation and solution finding.
www.reflex.de/Services/ Planning, Calculation & Software in four different The smartphone application returns calculated results with just a few essen-
versions: Download Refxlex Pro Win to your PC for convenient use of all tial parameters. Reflex Pro App is designed to increase the efficiency of trade
functions even when Offline. The Reflex Pro Web Online variant is always specialists, with focus on practical results. Simple and self-explanatory — for
updated with current information and returns the result as, for example, a Apple users with iPhone an iPad but also devices with Android operating systems.
PDF file for download. The design software has been developed for pres-
sure-maintaning, water make-up and degassing systems as well as heat
exchanger in various areas of modern building and supply engineering.

Digital support for new challenges:

The Reflex ErP App

Use this new app to determine the energy

efficiency label for tahks and composite systems
Trade specialists, architects, planners and home builders should take
advantage of this new Reflex ErP App which provides innovative and relia-
ble support in the proper labelling of heating systems as is obligatory since
fall of 2015. Use the Refleq ErP App to determine, customise and create
the individually-required composite system labels for the energy efficiency
class of the entire heating system. Directly linked to the VdZ platform, the
German forum for energy efficiency in building services, this app can ac-
cess the current version of all products. Fast and easy to use, available in
11 languages, free download from the Apple App or the Google Play store.
Services

134
 Services & Contacts
Services

Expansion Vessels
Digital, praxis-oriented sales support: the Reflex homepage
Digital, praxis-oriented sales support: the Reflex homepage
Find everything
Find everythingyou
youneed
needto to know
know
and use in your day-to-day activities
activities

Pressurisation Systems
In addition
In additiontotoReflex
ReflexPro, www.reflex.de
Pro,www.reflex.de offers
offers muchmuch
moremore by facilitating
by facilitating your
quotation process, adds to your technical expertise and quickly and easily
your quotation process, adds to your technical expertise and quickly and supports
your daily tasks: Innovations, contacts, service contact information, a convenient
easily supports your daily tasks: Innovations, contacts, service contact
search function for our products, brochures, operating and installation instructions,
information,
quotation a convenient
templates, 2D and search function
3D product for our
drawings for products,
your system brochures,
plannig,
operatingand
standards andcertificates.
installation instructions,
Always quotation
current and templates, 2D and 3D
up-to-date.
product drawings for your system planning, standards and certificates.
Always current and up-to-date.

Water Make-Up Systems

& Water Treatment
Product search
Product and and
search documentation on on
documentation
www.reflex.de
www.reflex.de
Documentations
Documentations

& Separation Technology

Degassing Systems
Product list with
Product sum-sum-
list with
maries of essential
maries of essential
datadata

Hot Water Storage Tanks

& Heat Exchangers
Comprehensive
Comprehensive pro-
product
duct descriptions
descriptions and
documents
and documents
Services & Contacts
Services

121
135
 Reflex Pro Win

The full scope for convenient use without Internet

connection. The installation version for Window computers is perfect when
you regularly plan and design systems for pressure maintenance and heat
transfer.

What data are needed to design a heat exchanger?

Media type (water, water-glycol mixture, oil, etc)

Substance data (for non-water media)
Output to be transferred
Inlet temperatures and required outlet temperatures
Volume flows
Permissible pressure losses
Other requirements (connections, dimensions)

Advantages with expertise: Reflex Training

Reflex Training -
Advantage through
Expertise
Training Team Contact

+49 2382 7069-9590

[email protected]

In the vicinity of the corporate head of- soud information about technology, stand- linkage between theory and practice. The
fice in Ahlen, Germany, trade special- ards and services. A beatiful Westphalian premises represent the perfect symbiosis
ists, planners and operators are prepared manor has been restored and converted to between tradition and hightech-bulinding,
for the challenges of heating and hot be the perfect ambient for learning, exer- ambience and equipment are the ideal
water supply in modern building ser- cising and using new knowledge directly at foundation for successful learning away
vice engineering. From the installation to Reflex equipment. Reality-conform simula- from the hectic daily life.
planning and consultation to technical tion and comprehensive training equipment
operation, the Reflex Training Centre and contritube to a flexible application of the
team focuses on the partners who want to learning modules, thanks to the effective
obtain
Services

136
 Services

Notes

Services

137
 Notes
Services

138
 Services

Notes

Services

139
 Region Eastern Europe
Regional Sales Director:
Jacek Kieszkowski
Phone: +7 495 363 15 49
[email protected]

Reflex POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

Dr. Alfred Jerszynski
Ahlen ul. Swojska 13 60-592
Germany Poznan / Poland
Phone: +48 61 653 14 02
Fax: +48 61 653 14 04
[email protected]
www.reflex.pl
Region Western Europe Reflex SK, s.r.o.
Regional Sales Director: Peter Páltik
Frédéric Passot 038 42 Rakovo / Slovakia
Mobile: +33 6 1295 4079 Phone: +421 43 423 9154
[email protected] Fax: +421 43 423 0983
[email protected]
Reflex France www.reflexsk.sk
Thierry Pereira
Tour Part-Dieu Reflex CZ, s.r.o.
129 rue Servient Vit Gabriel
69003 Lyon Sezemická 27/57/2
France 193 00 Prag 9
Phone: +33 4 8191 9159 Czech Republic
Fax: +33 4 7803 1631 Phone: +420 272 090 311
[email protected] Fax: +420 272 090 308
[email protected]
Reflex Nordic www.reflexcz.cz
Johan Roennblad
Ratakatu 6 Reflex Russia, Kazachstan
10300 Karjaa Reflex Rus, ooo
Finland Pavel Kurilov, Roman Kurchanov
Mobile: +358 40 160 2288 Region IMEA Prospect Andropova, 18,
[email protected] Regional Sales Director: building 6, office 5-07
Moustapha Fahmy 115432 Moscow / Russia
Reflex Nederland B.V. Mobile: +49 151 180 242 68 Phone: +7 495 363 15 49
Dado Cukor [email protected] Fax: +7 495 363 15 84
Fennaweg 55 [email protected]
2991 ZA Barendrecht Reflex Middle East FZE www.reflex-rus.ru
The Netherlands Dubai Silicon Oasis Building
Phone: +31 088 880 26 00 Headquarter office A1-101 Reflex Ukraine, Belarus, Caucasia
[email protected] Dubai - UAE Anatol Pivtorak
www.reflexnederland.nl Mobile: +97 150 340 8459 Mobile: +380 67/408 33 69
[email protected] [email protected]
Reflex Belux
Michel Blain Reflex Egypt, Libya, Sudan Reflex Lithuania
Mobile: +32 474/59 80 09 Ashraf Zein Vygantas Milaknis
[email protected] Mobile: +20 100 1691 192 Mobile: +370 687 27 817
[email protected] [email protected]
Reflex UK + Ireland
Tim Williams Reflex Middle East Reflex Estonia
Manchester Business Park Özgür Hündür Ivar Pärn
3000 Aviator Way, Manchester Mobile: +90 541 805 5200 Mobile: +372 510 86 62
Lancashire [email protected] [email protected]
M22 5TG
Phone: +44 161 266 1330 Reflex India Reflex Latvia
[email protected] Manoj Madhu Agris Pavlukevics
www.reflexuk.co.uk Mobile: +91 956 762 7750 Mobile +371 29101453
[email protected] [email protected]
Reflex Spain, Portugal
Antonio Miranda Reflex Morocco Reflex Turkey
Mobile: +35 1 912 960 331 Fatima-Zahra Zafou Emir-Okan Inan
[email protected] Mobile: +212 6 61 99 47 35 Mobile: +90 530 825 24 76
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
Services

140
 Region America Services
Sinus North America Mfg. Inc
Michael Strasen
321 Shoemaker Street, N2E 3B3
Kitchener / Canada
Mobile: +1 226 751 2722
[email protected]
www.reflex.de

Reflex International

Sales Administration

Lydia Kreibel
Region Central Europe Phone : +49 2382 7069 9563
Regional Sales Director: Fax: +49 2382 7069 39563
André Schweitzer [email protected]

Reflex Winkelmann GmbH Lea Marie Feldotto

André Schweitzer Phone : +49 2382 7069 7737 International Project Sales,
Gersteinstraße 19 Fax: +49 2382 7069 37737 Technical Manager
59227 Ahlen [email protected]
Germany Northern Europe & America
Phone: +49 2382 7069 9710 Tanja Sell Andreas Dörrich
[email protected] Phone: +49 2382 7069 9571 Phone : +49 160 97998197
www.reflex.de Fax: +49 2382 7069 39571 [email protected]
[email protected]
Reflex Austria GmbH Western Europe
Wolfgang Burianek Jutta Strickmann Bart de Wandeler
Hirschstettner Strasse 19-21 Phone : +49 2382 7069 9821 Phone: +32 495 30 20 84
BT. I/3. OG Fax: +49 2382 7069 39821 [email protected]
1220 Vienna [email protected]
Austria D-A-CH & Southern Europe
Phone: +43 1 616 02 510 Yvonne Horstmann Jörg Weidenmüller
Fax: +43 1 616/02 50 599 Phone: +49 2382 7069 9783 Phone: +49 151 23 22 06 33
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
www.reflex-austria.at
Robert Lewandowski Eastern Europe
Reflex Switzerland GmbH Phone: +48 56 6884472 Michael Labedzki
Roger Gross [email protected] Phone: +48 61 84 62 924
Hohenrainstrasse 10 [email protected]
4133 Pratteln, Switzerland
Phone: +41 61 825 69 52 Arabian Gulf & Middle East
Fax: +41 61 825 69 59 Mohamed Sheik Farid
[email protected] Phone: +971 50 136 23 67
www.reflexch.ch [email protected]
Reflex Hungary Asia Pacific
Peter Gosi Daniel Testar
Falk Miksa ú 4 Phone: +65 868 545 07
1055 Budapest [email protected]
Hungary
Phone/Fax: +36 133 180 82 China
Mobile: +36 309 311 850 Bin Guo
[email protected] Region China Phone: +49 151 180 24032
Reflex (Shanghai) Heating & [email protected]
Reflex Italy Energy Equipment Ltd. Co
Walter Bachmann Chad Wang
Phone: +39 348 688 1737 No. 159 Renbao Rd.
[email protected] Fengchen Town, Fenxian District Head of Project Sales
201408 Shanghai, P. R. China Matthias Feld
Reflex Balkans, Bulgaria Phone: +86 21 57171822-608 Phone: +49 2382 7069 9536
Tina Lamprinidou Fax: +86 21 57171833 [email protected]
Phone: +30 210 67 14 737 Mobile: +86 139 13560156
[email protected] [email protected] Head of Trade Sales
www.reflexcn.cn Kai-Hendrik Joswig
Reflex Hellas A.E. Phone: +49 2382 7069 9722
Tina Lamprinidou [email protected]
Vouliagmenis Av. 165
17237 Dafni OEM Sales Director
Greece Pier Balloi
Phone: +30 210 67 14 737 Phone: +33 60 94 58 207
Fax: +30 210 67 14 738 [email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected] Head of Sales Administration
Hendrik Westhölter
Reflex Romania Phone: +49 2382 7069 9541
Andrei Stoican Fax: +49 2382 7069 39541
2nd District, 15 Oltetului Street, [email protected]
023871 Bucharest, Romania
Phone: +40 318 170 713 Region Asia/Pacific Head of After Sales & Services
Fax: +40 133 180 82 Daniel Testar Harald Schwenzig
Mobile: +40 751 248 249 Phone: +65 8685 4507 Phone: +49 2382 7069 9508
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
Services

141
 The Reflex brand name is well known in Europe and throughout the world as a major leader in pressure
control technology for heating, chilled and potable water applications. Our world wide growth has allowed
us to build several state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities supplying the industry with outstanding quality
products. Reflex Winkelmann GmbH having its headquarters in the Westfalian city of Ahlen is not only a
recognized leader in expansion vessels but also a significant manufacturer of advanced system solutions
such as compressor and pump-controlled pressurisation systems, automatic air separation systems and
hot water heaters.
Services

142
 Services

Reflex has achieved its significant global growth today thanks to the unique combination of its world-class
manufacturing skills, dedication to high-product quality at an affordable price and its commitment to
continuous technical training of its people, our most precious resource. Our tradition goes back to 1898.
This family oriented company started its core business in the elaboration of steel. A business in which
we are recognised leaders today. The Heinrich Winkelmann Group form the parent company to a whole
group of diversified manufacturing companies serving the heating segment and the whole automotive
industry with over 4.200 employees. A tradition of more than a hundred years in this business makes us
real experts today.
Services

143
 PI1646en / 9126243 / 08-2016

Reflex Winkelmann GmbH

Gersteinstrasse 19
59227 Ahlen, Germany

Tel.: +49 2382 7069-0

Fax: +49 2382 7069-588

www.reflex.de